ﺩ ﻟ ﻴ ﻞ ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪ ﻡ
ﺟ ﻬ ﺎ ﺯThinkPad X220 ﻭX220i ﻭX220 Tablet ﻭX220i Tablet
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ :ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻪ ،ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
• "ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ"
• " Regulatory Notice "
• "ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ viii
•ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖC "ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٣٧
ﺗﻢﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ "ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ" ﻭ" Regulatory Notice "ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ.ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ http://www.lenovo.com/support ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮ
ﻓﻮﻕUser Guides & Manuals )ﺃﺩﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ(.
© Copyright Lenovo 2011.
ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ )ﺃﺑﺮﻳﻞ 2011 (
ﺗﻢﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕLenovo ﻋﻠﻰﻧﻔﻘﺔﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺣ ﺼ ﺮ ﻱ ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺑﻴﻌﻬﺎﻟﻠﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﺃﺻ ﻨﺎﻑ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮﻣﺒﻴﻦ
ﻓﻲﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ48 C.F.R. 2.101 ﻣﻊﻓﺮ ﺽ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻭﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻮﻕﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﻓ ﺼﺎﺡ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣﻈﺔ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭ ﺿ ﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ:ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻤﻮﺟ ﺐ ﻋﻘﺪﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ" GSA "،ﻳﺨ ﻀ ﻊ
ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝﺃﻭﺍﻹﻓ ﺼﺎﺡﻟﻠﻘﻴﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼ ﻮ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻓﻲﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺭﻗﻢGS-35F-05925 .
ﺍﻟﻤ ﺤ ﺘ ﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺕ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻠﻢTablet Digitizer . . . . . . . . . . .٤٣
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ . . . . . . . . . .٤٤
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭTablet . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡTablet Shortcut Menu . . . . . . . . .٤٦
ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٦
ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡThinkVantage . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٦
ﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٧
ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٨
ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺷﺪﺓﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀﻩ . . . . . . . . . .٥١
ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡWindows ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ . . . . . . . . . .٥٣
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮUltraNav . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٣
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint . . . . . . . . . .٥٤
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ . . . . . . . . . .٥٥
ﺳﻠﻮﻙUltraNav ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ . . . . . . . . .٥٦
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔUltraNav ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ. . . . . .٥٧
ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٧
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٧
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ . . . . . . . . . .٥٨
ﺷﺤﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٨
ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻ ﻼﺣﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻷﻗﺼ ﻰ ﺣﺪ . . . . . . . .٥٨
ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٩
ﺃﻭ ﺿﺎﻉ ﺣﻔﻆﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٩
ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٠
ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦١
ﺍﺗﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕEthernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦١
ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦١
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭﺃﻭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . .٦٨
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٨
ﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻋﺮ ﺽ)ﺑﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭ(ﺃﻭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ. . . . .٧٠
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٣
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٤
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٦
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓThinkLight . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٧
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٧
ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﺃﻭFlash Media ﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺫﻛﻴﺔ. .٧٨
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﺃﻭFlash Media ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٨
Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox . . . . . . . .٣٤
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٣.ﺃﻧ ﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ . . . . . . . .٨١
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻟﺬﻭﻱﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ . . . . . . . . .٨١
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺤﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . .٨١
ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﻨﺎﺳﺒﻚ. . . . . . . . . .٨٢
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺫﻭﻱﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ. . . . . . . .٨٢
ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٣
ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺑﺼ ﺤﺒﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ. . . . . . . . . . . .٨٣
ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٣
ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٤
Lenovo ThinkVantage Tablet Shortcut Menu . . .٣٦
Access Connections . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٣
Active Protection System . . . . . . . . . .٣٣
Client Security Solution . . . . . . . . . . .٣٤
Fingerprint Software . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٤
Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools . . . . . . . . .٣٤
Message Center Plus . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٥
Password Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٥
Power Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٥
Product Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٥
Presentation Director . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٥
Rescue and Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٥
System Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٦
ThinkVantage GPS . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٦
Lenovo SimpleTap . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٦
Tablet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٩
ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻫﺬﺍﺃﻭ ﻻ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﺼ ﺮ ﻑ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ . . . . . . . . . . . ix
ﺧ ﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻻﺭﺷﺎﺩﻳﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .ix
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ١.ﻧﻈ ﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ . . . . . . . . . .١
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ . .١
ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١
ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨
ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١
ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤
ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٦
ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٨
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . .٢٢
ﻣﻠﺼ ﻖﻧﻮﻉﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻃﺮﺍﺯﻩ. . . . . . . . . . . .٢٢
ﻣﻠﺼ ﻖ ﻣﻌﺮ ﻑFCC ﻭﺭﻗﻢ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕIC . . . . . . . . .٢٣
ﻣﻠﺼ ﻖ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤ ﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٥
ﺍﻟﺨ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٦
ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕThinkPad X220 ﻭX220i . . . . . . . . .٢٦
ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕThinkPad X220 Tablet ﻭX220i Tablet . . . .٢٧
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٩
ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 ﻭX220i . . . . . .٢٩
ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 Tabet ﻭX220i
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٠
ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞThinkVantage . . . . . . . . . . . .٣١
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 . . . . . .٣١
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٢.ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ . . . . . . . . . . .٣٩
ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٩
ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٩
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤١
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻄ ﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤١
iii
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ThinkPad Ultrabase Series
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤٢
ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ThinkPad Ultrabase Series
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤٢
ﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞThinkPad Ultrabase Series 3 . . . . . . .١٤٣
ﻓ ﺼ ﻞThinkPad Ultrabase Series 3 . . . . . . . .١٤٥
ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤٦
ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ+ ThinkPad Battery 19 . . . . . . . . . . .١٤٧
ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤٨
ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤٨
ﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ+ ThinkPad Battery 19 . . . . . . . . .١٤٨
ﻓ ﺼ ﻞ+ ThinkPad Battery 19 . . . . . . . . . .١٤٩
ﺷﺤﻦﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ+ ThinkPad Battery 19 . . . . . . . .١٥٠
ThinkPad Port Replicator Series 3ﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock
Mini Dock Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series
Mini Dock Series 3ﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series
Series 3ﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3 . . . . .١٥١
ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٥٢
ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٥٤
ﻓ ﺼ ﻞThinkPad Port Replicator Series 3 ﺃﻭThinkPad
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٥٧
ﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ThinkPad Port Replicator Series 3ﻭ ThinkPad
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٥٩
ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٦٠
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ. . . . . . . . . . . . .١٦٢
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٨.ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ . . . . . . . . . . .١٦٣
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٦٣
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٦٣
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖWindows 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٦٤
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖWindows Vista . . . . . . . . . . . .١٦٥
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖWindows XP . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٦٦
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٦٧
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ4×1 . . . . . .١٦٨
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟـUSB 3.0 . . . . . . . . . .١٦٨
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺷﺎﺷﺔThinkPad ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔWindows 2000/XP/
Vista/7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٦٨
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺩﻋﻢﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ Intelﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ Windows 2000/XP/Vista/
7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٧٠
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ . . . . . . . . . . .١٧٠
ThinkPad Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٧٠
ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔConfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٧١
ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔDate/Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٧٢
ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔSecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٧٢
ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔStartup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٧٣
ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔRestart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٧٤
ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Setup . . . . . . . . .١٧٥
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚUEFI BIOS ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ . . . . . . . . . . .١٨٤
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٨٤
ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٨٤
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٨٦
ThinkPad Ultrabase Series 3 . . . . . . . . . . .١٤١
LAN/WiMAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٤
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٤.ﺍﻷ ﻣﺎﻥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٥
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﻔﻞﺁﻟﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٥
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ)ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(. . . . . . . .٨٦
ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٦
ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٦
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ . . . . . . . . .٨٧
ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮ ﻑ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٩
ﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٠
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ١
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٢
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220
ﻭX220i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٢
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 Tablet
ﻭX220i Tablet . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٥
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٩
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻭﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٠
ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٠
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٥.ﻧﻈ ﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ . . . . . . .١٠١
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . .١٠١
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠١
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٢
ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ. . . . . . . . . .١٠٣
ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﺴﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٣
ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٣
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔRescue and Recovery . . . . . . . . .١٠٤
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٥
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٥
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ . . . . .١٠٦
ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٦
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٦.ﺍﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰﺓ. . . . . . . . . . .١٠٩
ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻻﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٩
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٠
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٢
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯPalm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٨
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ. . . . . . . . . .١٢١
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕPCI Express Mini ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕPCI Express Mini ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝWAN
ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٩
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ . . . .١٣٢
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٨
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٧.ﺗﺤ ﺴ ﻴﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ . . . . .١٤١
ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕThinkPad . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤١
ivﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٢١
ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٢١
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٢٢
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴﺼﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . .٢٢٢
ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺩﻋﻢLenovo ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ . . . . . . . . . . .٢٢٢
ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔLenovo . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٢٢
ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٢٧
Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٠
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٩. ﻣﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺸ ﻜ ﻼ ﺕ . . . . . . . . .١٨٩
ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ. . . . . . . . . . .١٨٩
ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ. . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٠
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ . . . . .١٩ ٠
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡSystem
ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٠
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻏﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٢
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖA .ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . .٢٢٩
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . .٢٢٩
ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ™UltraConnect . . . . .٢٣٠
ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋﻦﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ . . . . . . . .٢٣١
ﻣﻼ ﺣﻈﺔ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼ ﺪﻳﺮ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٣٢
ﻣﻼ ﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻋﻦﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . . . .٢٣٢
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﺠﻨﺔﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﺕﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ . . . . .٢٣٢
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻉﻟﻸ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔBﻟﻠﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺪﻳﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٣٢
ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻲ-ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊElectromagnetic Compatibility
Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٣٢
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖﺍﻷﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ،ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔB . . . . . . . . . . .٢٣٣
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖﺍﻟﻜﻮﺭﻱ،ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔB . . . . . . . . . . .٢٣٣
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻲVCCI ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔB. . . . . . . . . .٢٣٣
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻲﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺪﺗﻪ
ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦﺃﻭﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ20 ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮﻟﻜﻞﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ. . . . . . . . .٢٣٤
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﺪﻣﺔﻣﻨﺘﺞLenovo ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﺘﺎﻳﻮﺍﻥ. . . . . . .٢٣٤
ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔﺍﻹ ﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ. . . . .٢٣٤
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖB .ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺕWEEE ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ. . . . .٢٣٥
ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕEU WEEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٣٥
ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٣٥
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ ١٠ .ﺍﺳ ﺘﻜ ﺸﺎ ﻑ ﻣ ﺸ ﻜ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣ ﻬﺎ. . . ١٩
٥
ﺗﺸﺨﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡLenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox . . . . . .١٩ ٥
ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺇﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٥
ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻦﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٥
ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻜﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ. . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٦
ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٦
ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٨
ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀﻣ ﺼ ﺤﻮﺑﺔﺑﺈﺻ ﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻔﻴﺮ. . . . . . . . . . .١٩ ٩
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٠٠
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻡﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٠٠
ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ . . . . . . . . .٢٠٤
ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ . . . . . . . . . .٢٠٥
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ. . . . . . . . . . .٢١٤
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢١٤
ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ . . . . . . .٢١٧
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢١٨
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢١٨
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ) USB ( . . . . . . . .٢١٨
ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﺀﺃﻭ ﻣ ﻀﺎﻋ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ. . . . . . . .٢١٩
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖC . ﻣ ﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎ ﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٣٧
ﻋ ﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٣٧
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ١١.ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮ ﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪ ﻋﻢ . . . . . . . . .٢٢١
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔLenovo . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٢١
ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ. . . . . . . . . . . .٢٢١
v
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
viﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﻗ ﺮ ﺃ ﻫ ﺬﺍ ﺃ ﻭ ﻻ
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻟﻤﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﻣﺘﻌﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﺍﻟﻔﺸ ﻞﻓﻰ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻯ ﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺔﺃﻭﻗﺪﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﺸ ﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻼﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦﻗﺪﺗﺼﺒﺢﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓﻭﺭﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ
ﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ.ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﺘﻰﺗﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢﻧﺸﺎﻁﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦﻓﻰ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺑﺠﺴﺪﻙﻟﻤﺪﺓﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ،ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ،ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻯﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻭﻕ ﺟﻠﺪﻳﺔ.
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺮﻙﻳﺪﻳﻚﺃﻭﺃﻯ ﺟﺰﺀﻣﻦﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺟﺴﺪﻙ ﻣﻼ ﺻﻘﺔﺑﺠﺰﺀ ﺳﺎﺧﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓﻣﻤﺘﺪﺓ.
•ﺑﺸﻜﻞﺩﻭﺭﻱ،ﺍﺭﻓﻊﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺫﻟﻚﺑﺮﻓﻊﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﺭﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻴﺪ.
ﺍﺣﻢﻧﻔﺴ ﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺤﻮّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ.
ﻳﺘﻮﻟﺪﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻮّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻼًﺑﻤﺨﺮﺝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺑﺠﺴﺪﻙﻟﻤﺪﺓﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ،ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ،ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻯﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻭﻕ ﺟﻠﺪﻳﺔ.
•ﻟﺘﻨﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺴﻜﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﻄﺮﺍﻟﺼ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﻗﻢﺑﺎﺑﻌﺎﺩﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻋﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
•ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺄﺑﺪﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﺟﺴﺪﻙ.
ﺍﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻠﻞ.
•ﻟﺘﻨﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺴﻜﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﻄﺮﺍﻟﺼ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﻗﻢﺑﺎﺑﻌﺎﺩﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻋﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻠ ﻒ.
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﻘﻮﺓﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻯﺍﻟﻰﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎﺃﻭﻛﺴﺮﻫﺎ.
• ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢﻣﺴﺎﺭﺧﻄﻮﻁﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺃﻭﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﻤﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭ
ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲﺁﺧﺮ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺜﺮﻓﻴﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺷ ﻲء
ﺁﺧﺮ،ﺃﻭﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀ ﻬﺎﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﻜﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱﺇﻟﻰﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
vii
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ.
ﻗﺒﻞﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺑﻤﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ،ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﻄﻔﺄﺃﻭ
ﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ :
•ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ.
•ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂFn+F4ﻟﺘﻀ ﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰﻧﻤﻂ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻰ ) standby (.
•ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂFn+F12ﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲﻧﻤﻂﺍﻹﺳﺒﺎﺕ.
ﺳﻮ ﻑ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻫﺬﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﻓﻘﺪﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.
ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ.
• ﻻﺗﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﺃﻭﺗﺼ ﺪﻣﻪﺃﻭﺗﺨﺪﺷﻪﺃﻭﺗﻠﻮﻳﻪﺃﻭﺗﻬﺰﻩﺃﻭﺗﺪﻓﻌﻪﺃﻭﺗﻀ ﻊﻓﻮﻗﻪﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔﻭﻻ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺃﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻤﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ.
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﺪﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ.
•ﻻﻗﻢﺑﺤﺰﻡﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔﻣﺤﻜﻤﺔ.
•ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔﻟﻪ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻧﻪﻗﺪﺗﻢﺇﻏﻼﻗﻪ،ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻪﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ
)ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ( (Fn+F4)،ﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹﺳﺒﺎﺕ (Fn+F12) .ﻻﺗﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﻓﻌﺎﻻ.
ﻣ ﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺃﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﺎﻣ ﺔ
ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺍﻗﺮﺃﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻷﻣﻦﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔﺃﻭﻻ.
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﻭﺩ .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
®
ﺗﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺎﺳﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻜﻞﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔﻣﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ. ﻻ ﺗﺤ ﻞ
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﺤ ﻞﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺀﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﺿ ﻤﺎﻥ Lenovo
ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ" ﺿ ﻤﻦ "ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ"ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻳﻌﺪﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻳﺔﺍﻷ ﻫﻤﻴﺔ.ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻢﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺗﻨﺎﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ.ﻣﻊﺫﻟﻚ،ﺗﻌﺪﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ.ﻭﻗﺪﻳﻨﺸﺄﻋ ﻦ
ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺃﺧ ﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎﺍ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺷ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔﺃﻭﺃ ﺿ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺍﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ
ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ.ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃ ﺮ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ، ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،
ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔﺑﺤﺮ ﺹ . ﻭﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺑﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺗﺎﺣﺘﻬﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﻤﻲ
ﻧﻔﺴ ﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃ ﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻛﺜﺮﺁﻣﻨﺎﻟﻠﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺘﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻴﺮﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ .ﺑﺎﻻﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ،ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ )ﻣﺜﺎﻝﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ
ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ(ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﻓﻘﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.ﺍﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ، ﺳﺘﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﺑﺎﻻ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ
ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﺑﺤ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ،
ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ.
viiiﻭ
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
http://www.lenovo.com/support/phone
ﺃﻭﺗﻠﻒ .
ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻄ ﻠ ﺐ ﺗ ﺼ ﺮ ﻑ ﻓ ﻮ ﺭ ﻱ
ﻗﺪﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﻠ ﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺳ ﻮﺀﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻭﺍﻻﻫﻤﺎﻝ.ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻬﺎﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ
ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺤ ﺼ ﻪ،ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻀ ﺮﻭﺭﺓ،ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻪﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡ ﻟﻪ.
ﻣﺜﻞﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻻ.ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭﺓ،ﻗﺪﺗﺸﻢ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔﺩﺧﺎﻥ ﺻ ﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻦﺍﻵﻟﺔﺃﻭﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ
ﺛﻘﺐ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﺃﻭﺗﺴﻤﻊﺃﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺻ ﺎﺩﺭﺓﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﻃﻘﻄﻘﺔ.ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎﺃﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ
ﻋ ﻄﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ.ﺃﻭﻗﺪﺗﺸﻴﺮﻟﺤﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎﻥ.ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺍﻟﻤﻐﺎﻣﺮﺓﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺑﻨﻔﺴ ﻚ.ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ
ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ.ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺸ ﻒ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ:
ﻗﻢ،ﺑ ﺼ ﻔﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ،ﺑﻔﺤ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺗﻪﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎﺍﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠ ﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﺮ.ﺍﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺗﺴﺎﺅﻝ ﻋ ﻦ
ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ، ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼ ﺀﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﻔﺤ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺍﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻪ،ﺍﺫﺍﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ،ﺃﻭﺍﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚﺃﻱ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ،ﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺛﻢﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻪ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣ ﺼ ﺪﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ
ﻭﺧ ﻄﻮﻁﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﻰﺃﻥ ﺗﺘ ﺼ ﻞﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼ ﺀﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ.
•ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻻ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔﺃﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦﺍﺷﺘﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﺠﺄﺓﺃﻭ ﻣﻐﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﻬﺎﻗﻄ ﻊ
•ﺃﺣﺪ ﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺩﺭ ﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥﺃﻭﺍﻟﺸ ﺮﺍﺭﺃﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ.
•ﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ)ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻛﺴﺮﺃﻭﺍﻋﻮﺟﺎﺝ(،ﻭﺍﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
•ﺻ ﺪﻭﺭﺃ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻃﻘﻄﻘﺔﺃﻭﺃ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﻓﺘﺔﺃﻭﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺩﺧﺎﻥ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ.
•ﻋ ﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻴﺮﺍﻟﻰﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﻮﻉﺃﻱ ﺷ ﻲءﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
•ﺍﺫﺍﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﺖ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ.
•ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﻉﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻪ.
•ﻋﺪﻡﻗﻴﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺍﺫﺍﻻﺣ ﻈ ﺖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻌﻪﻟ ـﺃﻭﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ Lenovo،ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻋ ﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ
ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﻤ ﺼ ﻨـ ّﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﺗﺤ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ.
ﺧ ﻄ ﻮﺍ ﺕ ﺍﻷ ﻣﺎ ﻥ ﺍﻻ ﺭ ﺷ ﺎﺩﻳﺔ
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓﺍﻻ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺨﺎﻃ ﺮﺍﻻ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺔﺃﻭﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﺿ ﻤﻦ "ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ"ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺍﻟﺨ ﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤ ﺪﻳﺜﺎ ﺕ
ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺍ ﺻ ﻼ ﺡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﻨﻔﺴ ﻚ ﺍﻻﺍﺫﺍ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀ،ﺃﻭﺍﺫﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔﺑﻤﻮﻓﺮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﻳﻦ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﻹ ﺻ ﻼ ﺡﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟ ﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ . ﻋﺎﺩﺓﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺭﺍﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ .ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺮ ﻑ ﺑﻬﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎﻣﻦ
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞﻳﺘﻢﺍﻻ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞﺃﻭ CRUs .ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔ Lenovo ﻭﺛﻴﻘﺔﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻴﺮﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﻓﻴﻪﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ CRUs .ﻳﻌﺪ ﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﺘﺰﻡﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻛﻞﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ.ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ Off ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻻ
ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﺮﻭﺭﺓﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻫ ﻲ ﺻ ﻔﺮ.ﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻷ ﻏ ﻄﻴﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺠﻬﺰﺑﻜﺎﺑﻞﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﻣﻦﺇﻃﻔﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ
ﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋ ﻦﺃﻱ ﻣ ﺼ ﺪﺭﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ CRUs،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٦ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٠٩ ﻟﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ.ﺍﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ
ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻳﺔﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ،ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ.
ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻌﺪﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ،ﻳﻌﺪ ﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻷﻣﻨﻚ.
ix
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬ ﻰﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﺭﺓ.ﺍﺑﻌﺪﺃﺻ ﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺟ ﺴﺪﻙ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕCRU،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼ ﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻤ ﺲ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﻮﺩﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔﻗﺒﻞﻓﺘﺢ
ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ.
ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻬ ﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﻣ ﻮﻓﻘﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
2
ﺃﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻯ،
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥH05VV-F ﺃﻭ3G ﺃﻭ0.75 ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻠ ﻒ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺣ ﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺻ ﻠﺔﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ. ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋ ﻦ ﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﻪﺃﻭﺃﻥ ﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺎ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦ
ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺃﺧ ﻄﺎﺭ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺜﺮﻓﻴﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺃﻯ ﺷ ﻲء.
ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻠﺴ ﻮﺍﺋﻞ. ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ، ﻻﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﺤﻮ ﺽ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﺎ ﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻛﻪ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﺭ ﺽ ﺑﻌﺪﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻬﺎﺑﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ. ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻮﺍﺋﻞﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓﻗ ﺼ ﺮ، ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺍﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃ ﺊ.ﻛﻤﺎﺃﻧﻪﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻮﺍﺋﻞﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﺄﻛﻞﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠ ﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭ/ﺃﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ ﻣﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺴ ﺨﻮﻧﺔ.
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻧﻪﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ
ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ .
ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﻱ ﻣﺤﻮّﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺑﻪﺗﺂﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻨٰﻲ ﻣﺪﺧﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺃﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴ ﺨﻮﻧﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻃﺔ)ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ، ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞﺍﻟﺒﻼ ﺳﺘﻚ( ﻋﻨﺪ
ﻣﺪﺧﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺃﻭﻓﻲﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻳﺔﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻧﻘﺎﻁﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﻟﻬﺎﻋﻨﺪﻛﻼﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺘﻴﻦﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺟ ﻮﺩﺗﺄﻛﻞﺃﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺃﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ
ﺗﻠ ﻒ ﺑﻜﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ.
ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻀ ﻮﻉ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻻ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦﺍﺷﺘﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ
ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ.ﺍﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺸ ﺮﺍﺋﺢﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ، ﻻ ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺪ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻝﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﺍﺳﺘﺸ ﺮﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋ ﻦﺃﺣﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺗﺎﺣﺘﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ ﺟﻬﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ .
xﻭ
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤ ﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﺍﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺻ ﺪﺃﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ)ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ(ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ، ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺝ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ
ﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻫﻞﻟﺬﻟﻚ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺜﻨﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ.ﺍﺫﺍ ﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺗﻠ ﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ،ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺑﺠﻬﺔﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ.
ﻻ ﺗﺘﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻲﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺨﺎﺭ ﺝﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻣﻊﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔﺃﻭﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ؛ ﺧ ﻼ ﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻓﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﺪﻳﺘﻠ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ.
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺑﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺫﻭﺛﻼ ﺙ ﺗﺸﻌﺒﺎﺕ.ﻳﻼﺋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺃﺭ ﺿ ﻴﺎ.ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ
ﻋ ﻦﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ.ﻻ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺘﻚﺍﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺑﺎﻷﺭ ﺽ.ﺍﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻓﻲ
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮ ﺝ،ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﻣﺨﺮ ﺝ ﻣﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﻤﺨﺮﺝ ﺃﺧﺮﻳﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﺻ ﻴﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﻤﻼ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻴﺎ.ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺪ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ 80 % ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻝﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ.ﺍﺳﺘﺸ ﺮﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋ ﻦﺃﺣﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ.
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭ ﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ، ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﺑﺴ ﻬﻮﻟﺔﺑﺎﻻ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﻰ ﻭﺟ ﻮﺩﻩﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻤﺪ
ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻼ ﻙ.
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺨﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺼ ﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﺬ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎﺑﻨﺰﻉﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ.
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﻭﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺿﺎﺭﺓﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ.ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﺧﻞﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ.ﺍﺫﺍ
ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺸﺘﺒﻪﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ،ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺑﻔﻨﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ.
ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔ
ً
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﻭ ﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺃﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ(USB) ﻭﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ1394 ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻼ
ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ؛ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺗﻼ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞﻟﻸ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ،ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺧﻤ ﺴﺔﺛﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﻗﻞﺑﻌﺪ ﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻟﻔﻚ
ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ.
xi
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎ ﺕ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻌﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔLenovo ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺑﺎﻹ ﺿﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﻰ
ﺫﻟﻚ،ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻟﺔ، ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ،ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺷ ﺤﻨﻬﺎﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ.ﺗﻢﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺍﺿ ﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞLenovo ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪﺑﻘﻄ ﻊﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺮ ﻑ ﺑﻬﺎﻓﻖ.ﻁ
ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺔﺃﻱ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺜﻘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ.ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀﺃﻭ ﻷ ﻱ ﺳ ﻮﺍﺋﻞﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ
ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺳ ﻮﺀﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ، ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ " ﺧﺮﻭ ﺝ " ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﻬ ﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭ ﺧﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ.ﺍﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺗﻼ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ،ﺃﻭﺗﻢﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺃﻱ ﺷ ﺤﻨﺔﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻋ ﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺪﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟ ﻬﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺪﻫﻮﺭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺷ ﺤﻨﻬﺎ)ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕLithium
Ion (،ﺗﺆﺩﻱﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺪﻭﻥﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺷ ﺤﻨﻬﺎﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓﻗ ﺼ ﺮﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ،ﻣﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﻘ ﺼ ﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﺓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺎﻻ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﺭﺓ. ﻻﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡﺍﻷﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸ ﺤﻮﻧﺔﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎﺑﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ.
ﺍﻻ ﺷ ﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠ ﺸ ﺤ ﻦ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﻚﺃﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻯ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺍﻟﻰﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﺃﻭﺗﺴ ﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﻻﻳﻐﻄ ﻰ ﺍﻟﻀ ﻤﺎﻥﺃﻯ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ
ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ Lenovo ﻭ ﻻﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺗﻢﻓﻜﻬﺎﺃﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ.
ﺍﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﺧ ﻄﺮﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ.ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺿ ﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺿ ﺎﺭﺓ.ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻯ
ﺍﻻ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺔﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ:
•ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮ ﻉ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﺔLenovoﺑﻪ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ.
•ﻻﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀﺃﻭﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ.
•ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﻓﻜﻬﺎ.
•ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺗﻘ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ.
•ﺍﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝﺍﻷ ﻃﻔﺎﻝ.
•ﻻﺗﻮﻗﻊ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻰﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎﻓﻰﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻟﺐ. ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻣﺘﺜﻞﺍﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺳﻢﺃﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ.
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺤﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺷ ﺤﻨﻬﺎﻣﻦ30 ﺍﻟﻰ50 % ﻣﻦ ﺳﻌﺘﻬﺎ.ﻧﻮ ﺻ ﻰ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺣ ﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﺑﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﺮﺓﻓﻰﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡﻟﻤﻨﻊﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ.
ﺍﻻ ﺷ ﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺜﻴﻮﻡﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺸ ﺤ ﻦ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﺧ ﻄﺮﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﺍﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ.
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻬﺎﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮ ﻉﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﻬﺎﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻳﻮ ﺻ ﻲ ﺑﻪﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﻗﺪ
ﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮﺍﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ.
xiiﻭ
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎﺃﻭ ﻏﻤﺮﻫﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ
•ﺍﻟﺴ ﺨﻮﻧﺔ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ 100 °ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ) 212 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(
•ﺍﻻ ﺻ ﻼ ﺡ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺍﻟﻔﻚ
ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﻣ ﻀ ﺢ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ.
ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻻﻳﺔﻛﺎﻳﻔﻮﺭﻧﻴﺎ،ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻋ ﻦCalifornia Perchlorate :
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺸ ﺤ ﻦCR )ﺛﺎﻥﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﻨﻴﺰ(ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻋﻠﻰPerchlorate .
ﻣﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺒﺮﻛﻠﻮﺭﺍﺕ-ﻗﺪﻳﺘﻢﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﺔ.ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ: http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﻬ ﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘ ﺞ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﻋ ﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﺪﺭًﺍﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ.ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﻟﺪ
ﻋ ﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻘﻠﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔﻟﺤ ﺠﻤﻬﺎﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻐﻮﻁ.ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ:
• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻰ ﻣ ﺸﻐﻼ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﻗﺪﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﺭﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻭﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ .ﺗﺮﻙﻳﺪﻳﻚﺃﻭﺃﻯ
ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺟ ﺴﺪﻙ ﻣﻼ ﺻ ﻘﺔﺑﺠﺰﺀ ﺳﺎﺧ ﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﻤﺘﺪ. ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﻔﻴﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻴﺪﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ.
ﻳﻮﻟﺪﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻯ.ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪﻛﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣ ﺠﻢﻧﺸﺎﻁﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﻣﻼﻣ ﺴ ﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ
ﺑﺠ ﺴﺪﻙﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑ ﺲ،ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺣ ﺮﻭ ﻕ ﺟﻠﺪﻳﺔ.ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻯ ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺧﺬﻓﺘﺮﺓﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻓﻊﻳﺪﻳﺪﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻷ ﻯ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻤﺘﺪﺓﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ.
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼ ﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝﺃﻭﻓﻰ ﺑﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻔﺠﺮﺓ.
•ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻭ ﺡ ﻭﺑﺆﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻳﺘﻢﺍﺗﺎﺣﺘﻬﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮ ﻕ ﺑﻪ.ﻗﺪﻳﺘﻢﺍﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ
ﻣﻘ ﺼ ﻮﺩﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﺮﻳﺮﺃﻭﺃﺭﻳﻜﺔﺃﻭ ﺳ ﺠﺎﺩﺓﺃﻭ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﺮﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ.ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎﺑﺴﺪﺃﻭﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍ ﺹ .
• ﻳﺘﻮﻟﺪﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻼًﺑﻤﺨﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ . ﻻﺗﻀ ﻊ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺎﻷ ﻯ ﺟﺰﺀ
ﻣﻦﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺟ ﺴﺪﻙ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮ ﻥ ﻣ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎ.ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺑﺪ ًﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﺟ ﺴﺪﻙ.ﻣﻼﻣ ﺴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺑﺠ ﺴﺪﻙﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝ
ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑ ﺲ،ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻭ ﻕ ﺟﻠﺪﻳﺔ.
ﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺘﻚﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﻫﺬﻩﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﺨ ﺺ ﺣﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ:
•ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻻﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ.
•ﺗﻔﻘﺪﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ.
•ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻱ ﺛﻘﻮ ﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻟﻠﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺗﺘﻜﺎﺛﺮﺑﻬﺎ
ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﺣﻤﺔ.
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺴﺪﺃﻱ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ.
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭ ﺷﺎﺕ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺧ ﻄﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ.
•ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻻﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ 35 °ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ) 95 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(.
xiii
ﻣﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻼ ﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬ ﺮﺑﺎﺋ ﻲ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻳﻤﺜﻞﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻦﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﻭﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺧ ﻄﻮﺭﺓﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ.
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﺼ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ:
•ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺎ ﺻ ﻔﺔﺑﺮﻗﻴﺔ.
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺃﻭﻓ ﺼﻠﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺄﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺔﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﻟﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺻ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺑﻤﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻼ ﺕ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﻟﻬﺎﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻼ ﺕ ﺃﺭ ﺿ ﻴﺔ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺍﻟﺤﺎﻗﻬﺎﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺟﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ.
•ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻓﻘﻂﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﻭ ﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻻ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ.
•ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺃﺑﺪﺍﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺀﺃﻭﺗﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﻔ ﺼ ﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼﻠﺔ ﻭﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻗﺒﻞﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﻏ ﻄﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﻣﺎﻟﻢﺗﺮﺩﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴ ﻒ .
• ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ .ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﻮ ﺏ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﺸ ﻮﻓﺔ .
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻭﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻓﻲﺍﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼﻠﺔﺑﻪ.
ﻟﻠﻔﺼ ﻞ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻛﻞ ﺷ ﻲء.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﻨﺰﻉﺃﺳﻼﻙﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭﺝ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﻨﺰﻉﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻﺷﺎﺭﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ.
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﻨﺰﻉﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ.
ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻛﻞ ﺷ ﻲء.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕﺍﻻﺷﺎﺭﺓﻟﻠﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ.
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﺃﺳ ﻼﻙﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭﺝ.
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻄ ﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻗﻲﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺑﺎﻟﻤﺨﺮﺝ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻮ ﻋﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻄ ﻰ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ.
ﺇﺷ ﻌﺎﺭ ﺧﺎ ﺹ ﺑ ﺸﺎ ﺷﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳ ﺴ ﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺴﺎﺋﻞ(LCD)
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻳﺘﻢ ﺻ ﻨﻊ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔLCD ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ، ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﺳﻘﻮﻁﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺴ ﺮﻫﺎ.ﺍﺫﺍﻣﺎﺍﻧﻜﺴ ﺮ ﺕ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔLCD ﻭﻻﻣ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻰ
ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻚﺃﻭﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻐﺴﻠﻬﻤﺎﻓﻮﺭﺍﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﺀﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋ ﻦ15 ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ؛ﺍﺫﺍﻣﺎﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺃﻯ ﺃﻋﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﻐﺴ ﻞﺍﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ.
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻷﺫ ﻥ
ﺍﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﻠﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻮ ﺻﻠﻴﻦﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﻭﺍﻵ ﺧﺮ ﺧﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺨ ﻂﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﻓﻲ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂﺍﻟﺴ ﻤﻌﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥﺃﻭ ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﻗﺪﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ. ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻨﺎﻏﻢﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﻳﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺓﻣﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ
ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂﺍﻟﺴ ﻤﻌﻲ.
ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺜﻞﺍﻻﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻭﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺟﺪًﺍﺧ ﻄ ﺮًﺍﻛﺒﻴﺮًﺍﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ
ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺃﻭﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕEN 50332-2 .ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺨﺮ ﺟﺎﺕ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ
EN 50332-2 ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ7.ﺗﺤﺪﺩﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻟﻤﺨ ﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻧﻄﺎﻕﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺑ ـ150 ﻣﻠﻲﻓﻮﻟﺖ .
ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻔﻘﺪﺍﻥﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﻭﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭEN 50332-2 ) ﺿ ﻤﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ
ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ7( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊﺇﻟﻰ75 ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ.ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊEN 50332-2 ﺇﻟﻰ
ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃ ﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔﻟﺸﺪﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗ ﺼ ﺪﺭ ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ.
ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺎﺳ ﺐLenovo ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻛﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺃﻭﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻊ
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕEN 50332-1 .ﻭﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ،ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻬﺎﻣﻊEN 50332-1 )ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ6.5 ﻗﻴﻢﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ(.ﻳﻤﺜﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊEN 50332-1 ﺧ ﻄ ﺮ ًﺍﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ.
xivﻭ
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﺭ ﺷ ﺎﺩﺍ ﺕ ﺁﻣﺎﻥ ﺍ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻼ ﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺧ ﻄﻴﺮﺓ.ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻼ ﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺮ ﺿ ﻊ ﻭﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻱ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ.
ﺍﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟﻰ ﻣ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻰTablet PC
ﺍﺷﻌﺎﺭﺃﻣﺎﻥﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻜﺎﻥﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ:
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺧ ﻂﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﻮ ﻥ ﻓﻰﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻧﻤﻂﺍﻟﻄ ﻰ.
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟّﻪﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓﺍﻻﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﻭﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻣﺜﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺃﻭﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻰ.
ﺍﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻟﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ،ﻓﻴﺴ ﺮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ:
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ
ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻣﺴﺎﻛﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔﻣﻊﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺇﻻ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺑﻴﻌﻬﺎﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻚ ﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺮ ﺻ ﺎ ﺹ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ
ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔﻓﻲ ﻭﻻﻳﺔﻛﺎﻟﻴﻔﻮﺭﻧﻴﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺔﺑﺎﻟﺴﺮ ﻃﺎﻥﺃﻭﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻨﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻷ ﻱ ﺇ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﺭﺓ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ
ﻏ ﺴ ﻞﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻟﻤﺴﻬﺎ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.
xv
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
xviﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ١ .ﻧﻈ ﺮ ﺓ ﻋ ﺎ ﻣ ﺔ ﻋ ﻠ ﻰ ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻨﺘ ﺞ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ، ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ،ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ،ﻭﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ
ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ.
ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١
• "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٢
• "ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٩
• "ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٠
• "ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞThinkVantage "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣١
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻣﺎﻛ ﻦ ﻋ ﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤ ﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤ ﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴﻮ ﺗﺮ
ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻚ ﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺛﻢﻳﺰﻭﺩﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺤﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎﻟﻠﺒﺪﺀﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎﻟﻚ.
•ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ
•ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ
•ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ
•ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ
•ﺍﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ
•ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ
ﻣﻨ ﻈ ﺮ ﻟﻠ ﺠ ﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍ ﻷ ﻣﺎﻣ ﻲ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
١
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
ﻣﻨﻈ ﺮ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻷ ﻣﺎﻣ ﻲ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 ﻭX220i
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١.ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 ﻭX220i
2ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ
1ﺷﺒﻜﺔ WANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ)ﺍﻹ ﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ(ﻭﺷﺒﻜﺔ LAN/WiMAXﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
)ﺍﻹ ﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ(
4ﺷﺒﻜﺔ LANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ)ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ(ﻭﺷﺒﻜﺔ WAN/WiMAXﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ)ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ(
3ThinkLight
ﻭﺷﺒﻜﺔLAN ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ)ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ(
6ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
8ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express MiniﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔLAN/WiMAXﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
10ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ
5ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
7ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
9ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express MiniﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝWANﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ
ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA (SSD)
12ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
14ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡFn
16ﺯﺭThinkVantage
18ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻓﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ
11ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭTrackPoint
13ﻋ ﺼﺎﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint
15ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮCapsLock
17ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
1ﺷﺒﻜﺔ WANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ)ﺍﻹ ﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ(ﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ LAN/WiMAXﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )ﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ(
4ﺷﺒﻜﺔ LANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ)ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ(ﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ WAN/WiMAXﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ)ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ(ﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ LANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ)ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ(
ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤّﻨﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺃﻳﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﻴﻦﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ UltraConnect ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٣٠ .
٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
2ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ
ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ.ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﺪﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٦ .
3ThinkLight
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻇ ﻞ ﻇ ﺮﻭ ﻑ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻈ ﺮﻭ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ .
®
ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+PgUp . ﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+PgUp ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.
ﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞThinkLight
5ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ،ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰ ﺳﺘﻮﺭﺑﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ(TFT) ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻧ ﺼ ﻮ ﺻ ًﺎﻭﺭ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻧﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺍﺋﻌﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻮﺡ.
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
6ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﻣﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ .ﻻﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺗﻪ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ
"ﻣﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ThinkPad X220ﻭ X220i "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٨ .
7ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. ﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﺑﺪﺃ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺬّﺭﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻤﺪﺓﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﻡﻗﺪﺭﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻤﺪﺓ4ﺛﻮﺍﻥ ٍﺃﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺍﻧﺰ ﻉ ﻣﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔPower Manager ﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻪﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ)ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(ﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ.
8ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express MiniﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔLAN/WiMAXﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻗﺪﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻜ ّﻦﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕLAN/WiMAX
ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
9ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Miniﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝWANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA (SSD)
ﻗﺪﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻜ ّﻦﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕWAN ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻊﺗﻘﺪﻡﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕLenovo ﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪﻙ ﺑﺄﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻤﻤﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴ ًﺎ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﺑﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.
ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻌﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺪﻓﺘﺮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﺃﺧ ﻒ ﻭﺯﻧًﺎﻭﺃ ﺻ ﻐﺮ ﺣ ﺠﻤًﺎﻭﺃﺳﺮ ﻉ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻼً.
10ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ
ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﺑﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ .ﺗﻤﻜ ّﻨﻚ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ﻣﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻟﺒﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
ThinkPad Setup .
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ٢.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٣
11ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭTrackPoint
12ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
13ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint
ﻓﺮﻳﺪﻣﻦﻧﻮﻋﻪ .ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻭﺍﻟﺴ ﺤ ﺐ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺟﺰﺀ ًﺍﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻬﺎﺩﻭﻥ
®
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint
ﻧﻘﻞﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ.
®
ﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﻚ ﺃﻧﺎﻣﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲUltraNav
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚTrackPoint ﻭﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭTrackPoint ﻭ ﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﻭﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﻩ.
14ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡFn
، ﻣﺜﻞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔ ThinkLight .ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭ ﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ThinkPad،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Fn+ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ
®
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡFn ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﺎﺋ ﻒThinkPad
ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠّﻢﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺯﺭ ﻕ.
15ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮCapsLock
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﺆﺷ ﺮCapsLock ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡCapsLock .
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺆﺷ ﺮCapsLock، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔThinkPad X220 ﻭX220i " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٨ .
16ﺯﺭThinkVantage
®
،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ
®
ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery
®
ﻭﺗﻢﺇﺧﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎﻋﻨﻪ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀ ﺎﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭThinkVantage
ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻋ ﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﺪﻳﻚﻫﻮ Windows 7،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢﻋ ﺮ ﺽ Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox .
17ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﺗﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤّﻨﺔﻣﻦ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﺓﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﻤﻪﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ.
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺪﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﻛﺘﻤﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥١ .
18ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻓﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ
ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤّﻦﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻣﻊﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﺮﻣﺠ ﻲ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.
٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻣﻨﻈ ﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣ ﻲ ﻟﺠ ﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 Tablet ﻭX220i Tablet
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢.ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ
2ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ
1ﺷﺒﻜﺔ WANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ)ﺍﻹ ﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ(ﻭﺷﺒﻜﺔ LAN/WiMAXﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
)ﺍﻹ ﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ(
4ﺷﺒﻜﺔ LANﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ)ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ(ﻭﺷﺒﻜﺔ WANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ)ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ(ﻭﺷﺒﻜﺔ LAN/
3ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻓﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ
WiMAXﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ)ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ(
6ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ
8ﺯﺭThinkVantage
10ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express MiniﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝWANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲﺃﻭﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ
5ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
7ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
9ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express MiniﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔLAN/WiMAXﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA (SSD)
11ﻋ ﺼﺎﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint 12ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭTrackPoint
13ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ 14ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮCapsLock
15ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡFn 16ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
18ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭTablet
17ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
19ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮﻣ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٥
1ﺷﺒﻜﺔ WANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ)ﺍﻹ ﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ(ﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ LAN/WiMAXﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )ﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ(
4ﺷﺒﻜﺔ LANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ)ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ(ﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ WANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ)ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ(ﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ LAN/WiMAXﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ)ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ(
ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤّﻨﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺃﻳﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﻴﻦﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ UltraConnect ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٣٠ .
2ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ
ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ.ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﺪﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٦ .
3ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻓﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ
ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤّﻦﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻣﻊﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﺮﻣﺠ ﻲ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.
5ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ،ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰ ﺳﺘﻮﺭﺑﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ(TFT) ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻧ ﺼ ﻮ ﺻ ًﺎﻭﺭ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻧﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺍﺋﻌﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻮﺡ.
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
6ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ
ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﺑﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ .ﺗﻤﻜ ّﻨﻚ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ﻣﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻟﺒﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
ThinkPad Setup .
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٩٥ .
7ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. ﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﺑﺪﺃ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺬّﺭﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻤﺪﺓﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﻡﻗﺪﺭﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻤﺪﺓ4ﺛﻮﺍﻥ ٍﺃﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺍﻧﺰ ﻉ ﻣﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔPower Manager ﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻪﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ)ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(ﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ.
8ﺯﺭThinkVantage
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭThinkVantage ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺑﺪﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery،ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ
ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺇﺧﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎﻋﻨﻪ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﺪﻳﻚﻫﻮ Windows 7،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯ ﺭ ThinkVantage ﻟﻔﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox .
9ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express MiniﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔLAN/WiMAXﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻗﺪﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻜ ّﻦﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕLAN/WiMAX
ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
10ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Miniﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝWANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA (SSD)
ﻗﺪﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻜ ّﻦﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕWAN ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻊﺗﻘﺪﻡﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕLenovo ﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪﻙ ﺑﺄﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻤﻤﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴ ًﺎ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﺑﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.
ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻌﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺪﻓﺘﺮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﺃﺧ ﻒ ﻭﺯﻧًﺎﻭﺃ ﺻ ﻐﺮ ﺣ ﺠﻤًﺎﻭﺃﺳﺮ ﻉ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻼً.
٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
11ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint
12ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭTrackPoint
13ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint ﻓﺮﻳﺪﻣﻦﻧﻮﻋﻪ.ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻭﺍﻟﺴ ﺤ ﺐ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺟﺰﺀ ًﺍﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻬﺎﺩﻭﻥﻧﻘﻞ
ﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﻚ ﺃﻧﺎﻣﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲUltraNav ﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚTrackPoint ﻭﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭTrackPoint ﻭ ﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﻭﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﻩ.
14ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮCapsLock
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﺆﺷ ﺮCapsLock ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡCapsLock .
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺆﺷ ﺮCapsLock، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔThinkPad X220 Tablet ﻭX220i Tablet " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٠ .
15ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡFn
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡFn ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﺎﺋ ﻒThinkPad ﻣﺜﻞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔThinkLight . ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒThinkPad،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡFn + ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ
ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠّﻢﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺯﺭ ﻕ.
16ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﺗﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤّﻨﺔﻣﻦ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﺓﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﻤﻪﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ، ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺪﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀﻩ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥١ .
17ﻣﺆ ﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﻣﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ .ﻻﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺗﻪ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ
"ﻣﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ThinkPad X220 Tabletﻭ X220i Tablet "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٠ .
18ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭTablet
ﺗﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭTablet ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﻲ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺪﻭﻥﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓUltraNav .
19ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔ
ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤّﻨﺔ.
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺪﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﻛﺘﻤﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥١ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٧
ﻣ ﺸ ﻬ ﺪ ﻟﻠ ﺠ ﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻷ ﻳﻤ ﻦ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔًﺎﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻣ ﺸ ﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤ ﻦ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 ﻭX220i
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣.ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ
1ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ 2ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﻊ4 ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet
ّ
6ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ
3ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ
5ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞAlways On USB
1ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻔﻞﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ.
2ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺫﻱ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ،ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔﺗﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ،ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ.ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ،ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ™Active Protection System ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ " Access
Connections " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٣ .
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩ ﺕ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻓﻲSerial Ultrabay™ Slim ﻓﻲThinkPad Ultrabase™ Series 3 .
ﻣﻊﺗﻘﺪﻡﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕLenovo ﻹﺗﺎﺣﺔﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺗﻢﺗ ﺼ ﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ) SSD (ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻌﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺪﻓﺘﺮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﺃﺧ ﻒ ﻭﺯﻧًﺎﻭﺃ ﺻ ﻐﺮ ﺣ ﺠﻤًﺎﻭﺃﺳﺮ ﻉ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻼً.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ : ﺟﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ ﻫﻮﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺣﺮﺓﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ .ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎ ﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇًﺎﺑﺸﻜﻞﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻧﻈ ﺮًﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﺮ ﺳﻌﺘﻪ.
ﻊ
ّ
3ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ
ﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺃﺫﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺭﺑﺎﻋ ﻲﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺏ3.5 ﻣﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ ّﻊ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
، ﻓﻼﺗ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ
®
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﻲ ،ﻣﺜﻞﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔ ﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ iPhone
ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻷﺫﻥ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ، ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻷﺫﻥ،ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺪﻻ ًﻣﻨﻪ.
• ﻻﻳﺪﻋﻢﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ ّﻊﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ ّﻊﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ
"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٥ .
4ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔLAN ﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet .
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺻ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ، ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻒ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞEthernet ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ.
ﻳﻮ ﺿ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﻥ،ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ، ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔLAN ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ،ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﻟﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦﺃﺧ ﻀ ﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ.ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻔﺮ.
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ " Access Connections " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٣ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ThinkPad Port Replicator Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Series 3ﺃﻭ
ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣ ﺖ ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ Ethernet،ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ Ethernetﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ThinkPad Port Replicator
Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3،ﻭﻟﻴ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
5ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞAlways On USB
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔUSB،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴًﺎ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ)ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(،ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞAlways On USB ﻓﻲ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ،
ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ.
®
®
ﻭiPhone ﻭBlackBerry
ﻣﺜﻞiPod
ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ، ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼً، ﻭﺃﺭﺩ ﺕ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،
ﺳﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower Manager ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞAlways On USB .ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞAlways On USB، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower Manager .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘ ًﺎﻣﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ USB 1.1 ﻭ2.0 .
6ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ
ﺗﺒﻌًﺎﻟﻠﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ.ﻳﺪﻋﻢﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSD
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSDHC
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSDXC
•MultiMediaCard
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ: ﻻﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻴﺰﺓCPRM ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔSD .
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕExpressCard ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎ ﺕFlash Media " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٧ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٩
ﻣﻨﻈ ﺮ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤ ﻦ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 Tablet ﻭX220i Tablet
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤.ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ
2ﻗﻠﻢTablet Digitizer
ﻊ
ّ
4ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ
1ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
3ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
5ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet 6ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞAlways On USB
7ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ
1ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻔﻞﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ.
2ﻗﻠﻢTablet Digitizer
ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻗﻠﻢ Tablet Digitizer ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ "ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﻲ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤١ ﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.
3ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺫﻱ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ،ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔﺗﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ،ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ.ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ،ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖActive Protection System ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ " Access
Connections " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٣ .
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩ ﺕ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻓﻲSerial Ultrabay Slim ﻓﻲThinkPad Ultrabase Series 3 .
ﻣﻊﺗﻘﺪﻡﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕLenovo ﻹﺗﺎﺣﺔﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺗﻢﺗ ﺼ ﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ) SSD (ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻌﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺪﻓﺘﺮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﺃﺧ ﻒ ﻭﺯﻧًﺎﻭﺃ ﺻ ﻐﺮ ﺣ ﺠﻤًﺎﻭﺃﺳﺮ ﻉ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻼً.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ : ﺟﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ ﻫﻮﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺣﺮﺓﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ .ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎ ﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇًﺎﺑﺸﻜﻞﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻧﻈ ﺮًﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﺮ ﺳﻌﺘﻪ.
ﻊ
ّ
4ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ
ﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺃﺫﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺭﺑﺎﻋ ﻲﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺏ3.5 ﻣﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ ّﻊ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
١٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﻲ ،ﻣﺜﻞﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔ ﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ iPhone،ﻓﻼﺗ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ
ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻷﺫﻥ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ، ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻷﺫﻥ،ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺪﻻ ًﻣﻨﻪ.
• ﻻﻳﺪﻋﻢﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ ّﻊﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ ّﻊﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ
"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٥ .
5ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔLAN ﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet .
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺻ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ، ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻒ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞEthernet ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ.
ﻳﻮ ﺿ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﻥ،ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ، ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔLAN ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ،ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﻟﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦﺃﺧ ﻀ ﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ.ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻔﺮ.
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ " Access Connections " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٣ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ThinkPad Port Replicator Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Series 3ﺃﻭ
ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣ ﺖ ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ Ethernet،ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ Ethernetﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ThinkPad Port Replicator
Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3،ﻭﻟﻴ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
6ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞAlways On USB
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔUSB،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴًﺎ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ)ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(،ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞAlways On USB ﻓﻲ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ،
ﻣﺜﻞiPod ﻭiPhone ﻭBlackBerry ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ.
ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ، ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼً، ﻭﺃﺭﺩ ﺕ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،
ﺳﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower Manager ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞAlways On USB .ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞAlways On USB، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower Manager .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘ ًﺎﻣﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ USB 1.1 ﻭ2.0 .
7ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ
ﺗﺒﻌًﺎﻟﻠﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ.ﻳﺪﻋﻢﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSD
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSDHC
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSDXC
•MultiMediaCard
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ: ﻻﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻴﺰﺓCPRM ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔSD .
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕExpressCard ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎ ﺕFlash Media " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٧ .
ﻣ ﺸ ﻬ ﺪ ﻟﻠ ﺠ ﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻷ ﻳ ﺴ ﺮ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔًﺎﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١١
ﻣ ﺸ ﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻷﻳ ﺴ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 ﻭX220i
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥.ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ
2ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ
1ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard
3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB )ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ( 4ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞDisplayPort
5ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ 6ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB
7ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ)ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ(
1ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard
ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕExpressCard ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺮ ﺽ54 ﻣﻢ.
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕExpressCard ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎ ﺕFlash Media " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٧ .
2ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ.
3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ(
ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔUSB،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘ ًﺎﻣﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ USB 1.1 ﻭ2.0 .
ﻋﻨﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞUSB ﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻌﻼ ﻣﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ.ﻭﺇﻻ ﻗﺪﻳﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ .
4ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞDisplayPort
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚDisplayPort،ﻭﻫﻮﺍﻟﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﺮ ﺽ)ﺑﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭ(ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ
ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺃﻭHDTV ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
5ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﺮ ﺽ)ﺑﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭ(ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.
١٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ThinkPad Port Replicator Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Series 3ﺃﻭ
ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Ultrabase Series 3ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣ ﺖ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ،ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ThinkPad Port Replicator Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3ﺃﻭ
ThinkPad Ultrabase Series 3،ﻭﻟﻴ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺗﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٠ .
6ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔUSB،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
•ﻗﺪﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻜﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓ ًﺎ ﻃﻔﻴﻔًﺎ ﻋﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺿ ﻴﺤﻴﺔ.
•ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘ ًﺎﻣﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 1.1ﻭ2.0 .ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕUSB 3.0 .
•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘ ًﺎﻣﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 3.0،ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺃﻱ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 3.0ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺒﺪﺃﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Windows .ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ،ﻓﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ USB 2.0ﺃﻭ 1.0ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ.
7ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ)ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ(
ﺗﻤﻜّﻦﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻱ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻋ ﺮﻗﻠﺔﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ،ﻻ ﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺃﻱ ﻋﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ.
ﻣﻨﻈ ﺮ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻷﻳ ﺴ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 Tablet ﻭX220i Tablet
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦.ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ
2ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٣
1ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard
3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕUSB )ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ( 4ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞDisplayPort
5ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ 6ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB
7ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ)ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ(
1ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard
ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕExpressCard ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺮ ﺽ54 ﻣﻢ.
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕExpressCard ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎ ﺕFlash Media " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٧ .
2ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ.
3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕUSB )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ(
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔUSB،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘ ًﺎﻣﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ USB 1.1 ﻭ2.0 .
ﻋﻨﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞUSB ﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻌﻼ ﻣﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ.ﻭﺇﻻ ﻗﺪﻳﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ .
4ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞDisplayPort
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚDisplayPort،ﻭﻫﻮﺍﻟﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﺮ ﺽ)ﺑﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭ(ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ
ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺃﻭHDTV ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
5ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﺮ ﺽ)ﺑﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭ(ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ThinkPad Ultrabase Series 3 ﻭﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ،ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲThinkPad Ultrabase Series 3،ﻭﻟﻴ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٠ .
6ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔUSB،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
•ﻗﺪﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻜﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓ ًﺎ ﻃﻔﻴﻔًﺎ ﻋﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺿ ﻴﺤﻴﺔ.
•ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘ ًﺎﻣﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 1.1ﻭ2.0 .ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕUSB 3.0 .
•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘ ًﺎﻣﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 3.0،ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺃﻱ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 3.0ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺒﺪﺃﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Windows .ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ،ﻓﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ USB 2.0ﺃﻭ 1.0ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ.
7ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ)ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ(
ﺗﻤﻜّﻦﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻱ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻋ ﺮﻗﻠﺔﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ،ﻻ ﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺃﻱ ﻋﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ.
ﻣ ﺸ ﻬ ﺪ ﻟﻠ ﺠ ﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻔﻠ ﻲ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔًﺎﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
١٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻣ ﺸ ﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻔﻠﻲ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 ﻭX220i
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧.ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ
1ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ 2ﺧﺎﻧﺔﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔSIM
3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﺀ 4ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
5ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮﻣ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔ
1ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪًﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻴﻪﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﺯﻣﻦﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ، ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ،ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻛﺨﻴﺎﺭ،ﻓﻲSerial Ultrabay Slim .ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
Power Manager ﻟﻀ ﺒﻂﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﺣ ﺴ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ .
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ " Power Manager " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٥ .
2ﺧﺎﻧﺔﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔSIM
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭّﺩًﺍﺑﻤﻴﺰﺓ WANﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ،ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐﻭ ﺟﻮﺩﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SIM (Subscriber Identification Module)ﻟﺘﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ
WAN )ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ(ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.ﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢﺑﻬﺎ،ﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SIMﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SIM .
3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻹﺭ ﺳﺎﺀ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ThinkPad Port Replicator Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Series 3ﺃﻭ ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3ﺃﻭ
ThinkPad Ultrabase Series 3ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻚ.
4ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﻧﻤﻄﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ.ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻴﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ.
5ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔ
ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤّﻨﺔ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟ ﻊﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺪﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀﻩ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥١ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٥
ﻣﻨﻈ ﺮ ﺳ ﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﺠ ﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 Tablet ﻭX220i Tablet
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٨.ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ
1ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ 2ﺧﺎﻧﺔﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔSIM
3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﺀ 4ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
1ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪًﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻴﻪﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ.
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ " Power Manager " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٥ .
2ﺧﺎﻧﺔﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔSIM
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭّﺩًﺍﺑﻤﻴﺰﺓ WANﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ،ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐﻭ ﺟﻮﺩﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SIM (Subscriber Identification Module)ﻟﺘﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ
WAN )ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ(ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.ﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢﺑﻬﺎ،ﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SIMﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SIM .
3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻹﺭ ﺳﺎﺀ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡThinkPad Ultrabase Series 3 ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ.
4ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﻧﻤﻄﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ.ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻴﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ.
ﻣﻨ ﻈ ﺮ ﻟﻠ ﺠ ﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﻠﻔ ﻲ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
١٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻣﻨﻈ ﺮ ﺧﻠﻔ ﻲ ﻟﺠ ﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 ﻭX220i
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٩.ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺧﻠﻔﻲﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 ﻭX220i
1ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ 2ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ)ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ(
1ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺤﻮّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
2ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ)ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ(
ﺗﻤﻜّﻦﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻱ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻋ ﺮﻗﻠﺔﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ،ﻻ ﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺃﻱ ﻋﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ.
ﻣﻨﻈ ﺮ ﺧﻠﻔ ﻲ ﻟﺠ ﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 Tablet ﻭX220i Tablet
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٠.ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺧﻠﻔﻲﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 Tablet ﻭX220i Tablet
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٧
1ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ 2ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ)ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ(
1ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺤﻮّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
2ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ)ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ(
ﺗﻤﻜّﻦﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻱ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻋ ﺮﻗﻠﺔﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ،ﻻ ﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺃﻱ ﻋﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ.
ﻣ ﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺎﻟﺔ
ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻣﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﻣﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ.
ﻣ ﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍ ﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔThinkPad X220 ﻭX220i
ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻣﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﻣﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ.
ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ
1ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻙUltrabay،ﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ. ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷﺮ، ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(،ﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ ﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
2ﺣﺎﻟﺔBluetooth
•ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻣ ﺸﻐ ّﻠﺔ،ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺟﺎﻫﺰ ًﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ.
•ﻣﻄﻔﺄ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ Bluetoothﻣﻌﻄﻠﺔ.
3ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔLANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ/ﺷﺒﻜﺔWAN/WiMAXﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
١٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
• ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺧﻀ ﺮ :ﺗﻜﻮﻥﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ LAN ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ802.11b/g ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ،ﺃﻭ802.11a/b/g ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲﺃﻭ ﻣ ﺴ ﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ 802.11n 2.0 (ﺃﻭ
ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺷﺒﻜﺔWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓWiMAX ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ، ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺟﺎﻫﺰ ًﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ.
• ﻣﻄﻔﺄ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻄﻠﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔ ًﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ .
4Caps Lock
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻷ ﺣﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ "Caps Lock "ﻣﻤﻜﻨ ًﺎ .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭ ﻑ ﺍﻷﺑﺠﺪﻳﺔ (A-Z)ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻷﺣﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓﺩﻭ ﻥﺍﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ
Shift .
6ﺯﺭ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ5ﺯﺭ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻓﻮﻥ
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻜﺘﻢﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺛﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻓﺴﻴﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ(+) ﺃﻭ
ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻄﺮﺡ (-) .
7ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﻳﻈﻞ ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻣ ﻀًﺎ ﻃﻮﺍﻝﻓﺘﺮﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮ ﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(، ﻭﻳﻄﻔﺄ ﻋﻨﺪﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
8ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ " numeric lock "
ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻴًﺎ، ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻔﻞﻟﻮ ﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ " numeric lock " ﻣﺸﻐﻼ ً،ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮ numeric lock ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺆ ﺷﺮ ﻗﻔﻞ
ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ: ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺁﺧﺮﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ، ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﻟﻪ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻ ﻕ " Scroll Lock ". ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻬﻢﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﻴﺔﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴ ﺲ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮ.ﻟﺘﻤﻴﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡScrLk .
ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ.
ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﺢ)ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ/ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ( ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ
ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ)ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(.ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﻴﺢ ﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﺪﻟﻮﻟﻬﺎ:
1 ﻭﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻓﻲ Windows XP (
•ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺧ ﻀ ﺮ::ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(.
•ﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﺑﻠﻮ ﻥﺃﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(ﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ،ﺃﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ.
2ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
•ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ20 %ﺃﻭﺃﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٩
•ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻟﺒﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ:ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﻴﻦ5 %ﻭ20 % .
•ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺴ ﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ:ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ5 % .
•ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻄ ﻲءﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ:ﺗﻜﻮ ﻥﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ 20 %،ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻣ ﺾ ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ.
•ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻄ ﻲءﺑﻠﻮﻥﺃﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ 20 %ﻭ 80 %،ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ.ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ80 %،ﻳﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻣﺆ ﺷﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ، ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ100 % .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ: ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﻓﻼ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔ ًﺎ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ
)ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ.
•ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺴ ﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ:ﺣﺪﺙ ﺧ ﻄﺄﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
•ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﺛﻼ ﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ:ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻄﻔﺄ:ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻜﺘﻤﻞﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻔ ﺼ ﻮﻟﺔ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻣ ﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍ ﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔThinkPad X220 Tablet ﻭX220i Tablet
ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ.
ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ
1ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﻳﻈﻞ ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻣ ﻀًﺎ ﻃﻮﺍﻝﻓﺘﺮﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮ ﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(، ﻭﻳﻄﻔﺄ ﻋﻨﺪﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
2ﺯﺭ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ4ﺯﺭ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻓﻮﻥ
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻜﺘﻢﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺛﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻓﺴﻴﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ(+) ﺃﻭ
ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻄﺮﺡ (-) .
3Caps Lock
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻷ ﺣﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ "Caps Lock "ﻣﻤﻜﻨ ًﺎ .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭ ﻑ ﺍﻷﺑﺠﺪﻳﺔ (A-Z)ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻷﺣﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓﺩﻭ ﻥﺍﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ
Shift .
٢٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
5ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔLANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ/ﺷﺒﻜﺔWAN/WiMAXﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
• ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺧﻀ ﺮ :ﺗﻜﻮﻥﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ LAN ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ802.11b/g ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ،ﺃﻭ802.11a/b/g ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲﺃﻭ ﻣ ﺴ ﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ 802.11n 2.0 (ﺃﻭ
ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺷﺒﻜﺔWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓWiMAX ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ، ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺟﺎﻫﺰ ًﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ.
• ﻣﻄﻔﺄ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻄﻠﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔ ًﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ .
6ﺣﺎﻟﺔBluetooth
•ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻣ ﺸﻐ ّﻠﺔ،ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺟﺎﻫﺰ ًﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ.
•ﻣﻄﻔﺄ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ Bluetoothﻣﻌﻄﻠﺔ.
7ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻙUltrabay،ﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ. ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷﺮ، ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(،ﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ ﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
8ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ " numeric lock "
ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻴًﺎ، ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻔﻞﻟﻮ ﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ " numeric lock " ﻣﺸﻐﻼ ً،ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮ numeric lock ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺆ ﺷﺮ ﻗﻔﻞ
ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ: ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺁﺧﺮﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ، ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﻟﻪ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻ ﻕ " Scroll Lock ". ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻬﻢﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﻴﺔﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴ ﺲ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮ.ﻟﺘﻤﻴﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡScrLk .
ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ.
ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﺢ)ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ/ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ( ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ
ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ)ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(.ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﻴﺢ ﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﺪﻟﻮﻟﻬﺎ:
1 ﻭﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻓﻲ Windows XP (
•ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺧ ﻀ ﺮ::ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(.
•ﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﺑﻠﻮ ﻥﺃﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(ﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ،ﺃﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ.
2ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
•ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ20 %ﺃﻭﺃﻋﻠﻰ
•ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻟﺒﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ:ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﻴﻦ5 %ﻭ20 % .
•ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺴ ﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ:ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ5 % .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٢١
•ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻄ ﻲءﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ:ﺗﻜﻮ ﻥﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ 20 %،ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻣ ﺾ ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ.
•ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻄ ﻲءﺑﻠﻮﻥﺃﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ 20 %ﻭ 80 %،ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ.ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ80 %،ﻳﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻣﺆ ﺷﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ، ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ100 % .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ: ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﻓﻼ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔ ًﺎ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ
)ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ.
•ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺴ ﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ:ﺣﺪﺙ ﺧ ﻄﺄﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
•ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﺛﻼ ﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ:ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻄﻔﺄ:ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻜﺘﻤﻞﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻔ ﺼ ﻮﻟﺔ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﻣ ﻜﺎ ﻥ ﻣ ﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘ ﺞ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻬ ﻤ ﺔ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻤ ﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﻃﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ، ﻭﻣﻌﺮ ّﻑFCC، ﻭﻣﻠﺼ ﻖ ﺷ ﻬﺎﺩﺓIC ﻭ ﺷ ﻬﺎﺩﺓﻣ ﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ
ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows .
ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻧﻮ ﻉ ﺍﻟ ﺠ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯ ﻩ
ﻳُﻌﺮّﻑ ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻧﻮﻉﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻃﺮﺍﺯﻩﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺑﺸ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ، ﺳ ﻮ ﻑ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﻮﻉﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺭﻗﻢ
ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﻓﻨﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮ ﻉﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻃﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﺼ ﻖ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ:
ThinkPad X220 ﻭX220i
٢٢ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺟﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 Tablet ﻭX220i Tablet
ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻣ ﻌ ﺮ ﻑFCC ﻭ ﺭ ﻗﻢ ﺷ ﻬﺎﺩﺍ ﺕIC
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻠﺼ ﻖ ﻣﻌﺮ ﻑFCC ﻭﺭﻗﻢ ﺷ ﻬﺎﺩﺓIC ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻣﻌﺮ ﻑFCC ﻭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺷ ﻬﺎﺩﺓIC ﻟﺠ ﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 ﻭX220i
ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﺮ ﻑFCC ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺷ ﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕIC ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ. ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﻠﺼ ﻖ ﻣﻌﺮ ﻑFCC ﻭﺭﻗﻢ
ﺷ ﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕIC ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٢٣
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺬﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻓﻲ"ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔLAN/WiMAX ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٢٤ ﺃﻭ"ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ
PCI Express Mini ﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ WAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٢٩ .
ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻣﻌﺮ ﻑFCC ﻭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺷ ﻬﺎﺩﺓIC ﻟﺠ ﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 Tablet ﻭX220i Tablet
ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﺮ ﻑFCC ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺷ ﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕIC ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ. ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﻠﺼ ﻖ ﻣﻌﺮ ﻑFCC ﻭﺭﻗﻢ
ﺷ ﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕIC ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
٢٤ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺬﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻓﻲ"ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔLAN/WiMAX ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٢٤ ﺃﻭ"ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ
PCI Express Mini ﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ WAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٢٩ .
ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﺷ ﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔ
®
ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻣ ﺴﺒﻘًﺎﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ .ﻭﻳﺤﻤﻞﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻣﻌﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ThinkPad X220ﻭ X220i
ﻣﻠﺼ ﻖ ﺷ ﻬﺎﺩﺓﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔMicrosoft
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺤﻪ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻦ.ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡﻟﺒﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﺷ ﻬﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤ ﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٢٥
ﺟﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 Tablet ﻭX220i Tablet
ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ.
ﻣﻴﺰﺍ ﺕThinkPad X220 ﻭX220i
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ
• ﺍﻃﻠﻊﻋﻠﻰ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻬﺎﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ
ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP (؛ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ .
ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
• ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻋ ﺸ ﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔﺑ ﻀ ﻌ ﻒ ﻣﻌﺪﻝﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ (DDR3)
ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ
•ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ 2.5ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ) 76ﻣﻢ(ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ 2.5ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ) 64ﻣﻢ(
•ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA )ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔTFT :
•ﺍﻟﺤ ﺠﻢ: 12.5ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ) 317.5ﻣﻢ(
•ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ:
– LCD: 1366 -ﻓﻲ- 768
–ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ:ﺑﺪﻗﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ 2560 × 1600
•ﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮLED
•ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺷﺪﺓﺍﻹ ﺿﺎﺀﺓ
•ThinkLight
ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
•89 -ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ،ﺃﻭ90 -ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ،ﺃﻭ94 -ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ
•UltraNav )ﻃﺮﺍﺯTrackPointﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﻟﻤ ﺲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ(
٢٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
•ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﻲFn
•ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡThinkVantage
•ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
•ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻤﺎﻋﺔ
•ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ
ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ
•ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ ّﻊ )ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺫﻥ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ(
•3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ) Universal Serial Bus (USB
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞRJ45 Ethernet
•ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard
•ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ4 × 1
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺇﺭ ﺳﺎﺀ
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞDisplayPort
ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﻓﻲThinkPad Ultrabase Series 3
•ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD
•ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD Multi-Burner
ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
•ﺷﺒﻜﺔ LANﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻼ ﺕ(
•ﻣﻴﺰﺓ Bluetoothﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
•ﺷﺒﻜﺔ WANﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻼ ﺕ(
•ﺷﺒﻜﺔ WiMAXﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺴ ﺮﻳﺔ
• ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ )ﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ (
ﻣﻴﺰﺍ ﺕThinkPad X220 Tablet ﻭX220i Tablet
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ
• ﺍﻃﻠﻊﻋﻠﻰ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻬﺎﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ
ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP (؛ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ .
ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
• ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻋ ﺸ ﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔﺑ ﻀ ﻌ ﻒ ﻣﻌﺪﻝﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ (DDR3)
ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ
•ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ 2.5ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ) 76ﻣﻢ(ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ 2.5ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ) 64ﻣﻢ(
•ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA )ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔTFT :
• ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ :12.5 ﺑﻮﺻ ﺔ )317.5 ﻣﻢ(
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٢٧
•ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ:
– LCD: 1366 -ﻓﻲ- 768
–ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ:ﺑﺪﻗﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ 2560 × 1600
•ﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮLED
•ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺷﺪﺓﺍﻹ ﺿﺎﺀﺓ
ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
•89 -ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ،ﺃﻭ90 -ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ،ﺃﻭ94 -ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ
•UltraNav )ﻃﺮﺍﺯTrackPointﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﻧﻘﺮﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ(
•ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﻲFn
•ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡThinkVantage
•ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
•ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻤﺎﻋﺔ
•ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ
ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ
•ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ ّﻊ )ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺫﻥ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ(
•3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ) USB (
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞRJ45 Ethernet
•ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard
•ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ4 × 1
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺇﺭ ﺳﺎﺀ
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞDisplayPort
ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﻓﻲThinkPad Ultrabase Series 3
•ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD
•ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD Multi-Burner
ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
•ﺷﺒﻜﺔ LANﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻼ ﺕ(
•ﻣﻴﺰﺓ Bluetoothﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
•ﺷﺒﻜﺔ WANﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻼ ﺕ(
•ﺷﺒﻜﺔ WiMAXﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺴ ﺮﻳﺔ
• ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ )ﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ (
ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﻲ
•ﻗﻠﻢTablet Digitizer
•ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ )ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ(
٢٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎ ﺕ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻮﺍﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻣ ﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎ ﺕ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 ﻭX220i
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺠﻢ
•ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ : 305.0ﻣﻢ) 12ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
•ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ: 206.5ﻣﻠﻢ ) 8.13ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
•ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ:ﻣﻦ 19ﺇﻟﻰ 26.6ﻣﻢ)ﻣﻦ 0.75ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔﺇﻟﻰ 1.05ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ:
•ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﻟﻼﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺿ ﻐﻂ: 3048ﻡ) 10,000ﻗﺪﻡ(
•ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ
–ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ 2438ﻡ) 8000ﻗﺪﻡ(
–ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ 5.0 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 35.0 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ)ﻣﻦ 41 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ 95 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(
–ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ 5.0 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 43.0 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ)ﻣﻦ 41 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ 109 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(
–ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ 2438ﻡ) 8000ﻗﺪﻡ(
–ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺿ ﻐﻂ: 31.3 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 88 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ: ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﻗﻞ 10 ° ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 50 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(.
•ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ:
–ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻣﻦ 8 %ﺇﻟﻰ 80 %
–ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ: 5 %ﺇﻟﻰ 95 %
ﺧﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ
• 65 ﻭﺍﺕ )222 ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ /ﺳﺎﻋﺔ(،ﺃﻭ 90 ﻭﺍﺕ )307 ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ /ﺳﺎﻋﺔ(ﺑﺤﺪﺃﻗﺼ ﻰ ﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻠﻄﺮﺍﺯ
ﻣ ﺼ ﺪﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ)ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ(
•ﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺟﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ50ﺇﻟﻰ60ﻫﺮﺗﺰ
•ﻣﻌﺪﻝﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ: 100ﺇﻟﻰ240ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ،50ﺇﻟﻰ60ﻫﺮﺗﺰ
ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
• ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡﺃﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ
ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
•ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ،ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻘﻴﺎ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower Managerﻓﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.
•ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽPower Managerﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧ ﻀ ﺮ،ﻭﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻔﺮ،ﻭﺍﻷ ﺣﻤﺮ.ﺗﺘﺴﻢﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨ ﻀ ﻊﻟﻠﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺃﺣﻤﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻬﺎ
ﺻ ﺎﻟﺤﺔﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﻤﻮﺟ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ.
ﻣ ﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎ ﺕ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 Tabet ﻭX220i Tablet
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺠﻢ
• ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ :305.0 ﻣﻢ)12 ﺑﻮﺻ ﺔ (
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٢٩
•ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ: 228.7ﻣﻠﻢ )9ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
•ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ:ﻣﻦ 27ﺇﻟﻰ 31.3ﻣﻢ)ﻣﻦ 1.06ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔﺇﻟﻰ 1.23ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ:
•ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﻟﻼﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺿ ﻐﻂ: 3048ﻡ) 10,000ﻗﺪﻡ(
•ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ
–ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ 2438ﻡ) 8000ﻗﺪﻡ(
–ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ 5.0 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 35.0 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ)ﻣﻦ 41 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ 95 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(
–ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ 5.0 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 43.0 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ)ﻣﻦ 41 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ 109 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(
–ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ 2438ﻡ) 8000ﻗﺪﻡ(
–ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺿ ﻐﻂ: 31.3 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 88 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ: ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﻗﻞ 10 ° ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 50 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(.
•ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ:
–ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻣﻦ 8 %ﺇﻟﻰ 80 %
–ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ: 5 %ﺇﻟﻰ 95 %
ﺧﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ
• 65 ﻭﺍﺕ )222 ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ /ﺳﺎﻋﺔ(،ﺃﻭ 90 ﻭﺍﺕ )307 ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ /ﺳﺎﻋﺔ(ﺑﺤﺪﺃﻗﺼ ﻰ ﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻠﻄﺮﺍﺯ
ﻣ ﺼ ﺪﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ)ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ(
•ﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺟﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ50ﺇﻟﻰ60ﻫﺮﺗﺰ
•ﻣﻌﺪﻝﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ: 100ﺇﻟﻰ240ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ،50ﺇﻟﻰ60ﻫﺮﺗﺰ
ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
• ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡﺃﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ
ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
•ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ،ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻘﻴﺎ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower Managerﻓﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.
•ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽPower Managerﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧ ﻀ ﺮ،ﻭﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻔﺮ،ﻭﺍﻷ ﺣﻤﺮ.ﺗﺘﺴﻢﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨ ﻀ ﻊﻟﻠﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺃﺣﻤﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻬﺎ
ﺻ ﺎﻟﺤﺔﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﻤﻮﺟ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ.
ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐﻴﻞ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺑﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
•ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﻟﻼﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺿ ﻐﻂ: 3048ﻡ) 10,000ﻗﺪﻡ(
•ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ
–ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻳ ﺼ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ 2438ﻡ) 8000ﻗﺪﻡ(ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ: 5.0 °ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 35.0 °ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 41 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ 95 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ: 5.0 °ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 43.0 °ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 41 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ 109 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(
– ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋ ﻦ 2438 ﻡ)8000 ﻗﺪﻡ(ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗﺼ ﻰ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺿ ﻐﻂ :31.3 ° ﺩﺭﺟﺔﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )88 °
ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(
٣٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ: ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﻗﻞ 10 °ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 50 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(.
•ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ:
–ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻣﻦ 8 %ﺇﻟﻰ 80 %
–ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ: 5 %ﺇﻟﻰ 95 %
ﻗﻢ،ﺍﻥﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺔﺑﺪﻭﻥﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻷ ﺷﻌﺔﺍﻟﺸﻤ ﺲ .
ﺍﺟﻌﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻭ ﺡﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻭﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻜﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺃﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳ ﻒ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻷﻥ
ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﻠﻚﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻠ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺃﻱ ﻣ ﺸﺮﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺃﻭﺑﺠﺎﻧﺒﻪﺃﻭﺃﻳﺎﻣﻦﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼﻠﺔﺑﻪ.ﺍﺫﺍﺗﻢ ﺳﻜ ﺐ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼﻠﺔ،ﻗﺪﻳﺤﺪﺙ
ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﻗ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺓﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺷﻜﻞﺃﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺎﻷﻛﻞﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﺍﻟﻔ ﻀ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺩﺍﺧﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎﺗﻠﻒ .
ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎ ﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻣ ﺞThinkVantage
ﺗﻘﻮﻡLenovo ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻧﺎﻓﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸ ﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ،ﻭﺇﻧﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻬﺎﻣﻚﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ
ً
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ،ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻣﻬﺎﻣﻚ ﻭﻣﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ.ﺗﻮﻓﺮLenovo ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺤ ﺴﻨﺔ، ﻭﺣﻮ ﺳﺒﺔ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﻭﺗﺮﺣﻴﻞﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ، ﻭﺣﻠﻮﻻ
ﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕThinkVantage ﻭ ﺣﻠﻮﻝﺍﻟﺤﻮ ﺳﺒﺔﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ،ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎLenovo .
http://www.lenovo.com/support
• "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣١
• " Access Connections "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٣
• " Active Protection System "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٣
• " Client Security Solution "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٤
• " Fingerprint Software "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٤
• " Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٤
• " Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٤
• " Message Center Plus "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٥
• " Password Manager "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٥
• " Power Manager "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٥
• " Presentation Director "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٥
• " Product Recovery "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٥
• " Rescue and Recovery "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٥
• " System Update "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٦
• " ThinkVantage GPS "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٦
• " Lenovo SimpleTap "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٦
• " Lenovo ThinkVantage Tablet Shortcut Menu "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٦
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺣﻮﻝﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕThinkVantage ﻭ ﺣﻠﻮﻝﺍﻟﺤﻮ ﺳﺒﺔﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎLenovo،ﺗﻔ ﻀ ﻞﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ:
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮ ﻝ ﺇﻟ ﻰ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻄ ﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧ ﻈ ﺎﻡWindows 7
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﻴﻦﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٣١
• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﻮﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools .
ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !! ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools .ﺛﻢﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻪ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮﻟﻪ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺧﺎﻓﺖ ﻷ ﺣﺪﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺗﻨﻘﻞﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖLenovo ThinkVantage Tools،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺇﻟﻰﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ.ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻳﺪﻭﻳ ًﺎ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ. ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ.
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ١.ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲLenovo ThinkVantage Tools
ﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ
ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ
ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ
ﺳ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴ ﺺ
ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﻊﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ
ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ
ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻠﻤ ﺼﻨﻊ
ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺦﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ
Lenovo ThinkVantage Tablet Shortcut Menu Tablet Utility
Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox
Mobile Broadband Activate
Access Connections™™
Active Protection System
Fingerprint Software
Password Manager
Power Manager
Recovery Media
Rescue and Recovery
System Update
ThinkVantage GPS
Lenovo SimpleTap Simple Tap
ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ
• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻛﺬﻟﻚﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ .
ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !! ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻪ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻨ ﺺ ﺍﻷﺧ ﻀ ﺮﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺠﺪﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ،ﻓﺎﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺗﻨﻘﻞﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖLenovo ThinkVantage Tools ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮ ﻕ
ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻟﺨﺎﻓﺖ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ. ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ،
ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
ﺗﻢﺑﻴﺎﻥﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨ ﺼ ﻮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺧ ﻀ ﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺢﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ.
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ٢.ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﻗﺴﻢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺼ ﻮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺧ ﻀ ﺮﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
Lenovo -ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ
Lenovo -ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ
Lenovo -ﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ
ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺕ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺕ
Access Connections
Active Protection System
Communications Utility
ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ
٣٢ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ٢.ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ)ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ(
Lenovo -ﻗﺎﺭﺉﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ
ﺃﻭ
Lenovo -ﻗﺎﺭﺉﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ
Lenovo -ﺳﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ
Lenovo -ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﻊﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ
ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ
Lenovo -ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ
Lenovo -ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
Lenovo -ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Lenovo -ﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺦﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻨﻴﻦ
Lenovo -ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺕ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺣ ﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺕ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥLenovo -ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻠﻤ ﺼﻨﻊ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox
Fingerprint Software
Mobile Broadband Activate
Password Manager
Power Manager
Recovery Media
System Update
Rescue and Recovery
ThinkVantage GPS
Access Connections
Access Connectionsﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣ ﺴﺎﻋﺪﻟﻼﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺺ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ.ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ
ﻭ Windows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !! ThinkVantage
®
Active Protection System
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻗﺪ ﻻﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔﻟﻼﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ.
ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﻨﻘﻠﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺇﻟﻰﺁﺧﺮ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ ﻭ ﺳ ﻬﻮﻟﺔﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗﻚ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ.
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞAccess Connections،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 :ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣١ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows Vista
!!Access Connections .
ﻳﻌﻤﻞActive Protection System ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺸ ﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟﺼ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠ ﻒ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻴﻞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺃﻭﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻪﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺃﻭﺗﻠﻘﻴﻪﻟﺼ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ.ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻗﻞ
ﻋﺮ ﺿ ﺔﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻻ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻥ ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ؛ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﻗﻔﻪﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ،ﻛﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﺤﺮﻙ ﺭﺅﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ/ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔﺑﻤﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔﺃﺻ ﺒﺤ ﺖ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ)ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺃﻗﻞﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﻞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺃﻭﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﺼ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ(،ﻓﺈﻧﻪﻳﻌﻴﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞActive Protection System،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 :ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣١ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows VistaﻭWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage
!!Active Protection System .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٣٣
Client Security Solution
http://www.lenovo.com/support
Fingerprint Software
!! ThinkVantage Fingerprint Software .
ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solution ﻓﻲ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺗﻚﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚﺍﻟﺤ ﺴﺎﺳﺔ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔﻓﻲ
ﺃﻣﺎﻥ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻣ ﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ، ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻧﺴﻴﺎﻧﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭ ﻣ ﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻳﻘﺘﺮ ﺡ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺗﻢﺗ ﺼ ﻤﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻤﺔﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺃﻣﺎﻥ،ﻭﻫ ﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻟﺒﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solution،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !! ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Client Security Solution .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺇ ﺻ ﺪﺍﺭﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solution ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻫﻮWindows 7،ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solution ﻣﺜﺒﺘ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣ ﺴﺒﻘًﺎ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ،ﻳﻤﻜ ّﻨﻚFingerprint Software ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺘﻚ ﻭﺇﺭﻓﺎﻗﻬﺎﻣﻊ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭWindows ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ.
ﺑﻨﺎﺀًﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﻞ ﻣ ﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﺁﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞFingerprint Software،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 :ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣١ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲWindows VistaﻭWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage
Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools
Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox
Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolboxﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺼ ﻲ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows .ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣ ﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓﺃﻋﺮﺍ ﺽ
!! Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox .
ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔﺃﺳ ﻬﻞ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﺃﻣﺎﻧ ًﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞﺑﺴ ﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ،
ﻣﺜﻞ:
•Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox
•Power Manager
•Rescue and Recovery
•System Update
ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕStart !!All Programs !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools ﻣﺘﺎﺣ ًﺎﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖWindows 7 ﺑﻬﺎﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ.
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻬﻬﺎﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻳﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﻞﺗﻠﻚﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ،ﻛﻤﺎﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔﺍﻻﺧ ﻄﺎﺭﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫﺃﻱ ﺗ ﺼ ﺮ ﻑ،
ﺑﺎﻻ ﺿﺎﻓﺔﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻧﻪﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﺤ ﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ ﺠﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨ ﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ .
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡLenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٩ ٥.
ﻟﻔﺘﺢLenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 :ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣١ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲWindows VistaﻭWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage
٣٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ThinkVantage Toolbox .
Message Center Plus
Password Manager
Power Manager
Managerﺿ ﺒﻂﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﻚﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺧﺎﺻ ﻴﺔﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕLenovo
ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽMessage Center Plus ﺭ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻹﺑﻼ ﻏ ﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻳﻤﻜ ّﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﻭﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻣ ﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻦ
ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞMessage Center Plus ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻛﺒﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻷﺣﺪﺙ
ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭﺍﺕ.
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPassword Manager ﻟﻠﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﺬﻛ ّﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﺩﺧﻮﻟﻬﻢﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣ ﺴﺎﺳ ﺔ
ﻭﻳﺴ ﻬﻞﻧﺴﻴﺎﻧﻬﺎ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣ ُﻌﺮﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ.
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPassword Manager،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 :ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣١ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲWindows VistaﻭWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Password Manager .
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Power Managerﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔﻓﻲ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Power
Product Recovery
Presentation Director
Rescue and Recovery
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Power Manager،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 :ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣١ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲWindows VistaﻭWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Power Manager .
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦﺃﺟﻞﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﻓﺘﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٠١ .
ﻳﻌﺪPresentation Director ﺃﺩﺍﺓﻣ ﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻷﻧﺴ ﺐ ﻟﻚ.ﻛﻤﺎﺗﻤﻜ ّﻨﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ
ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻋﺮﻭ ﺽ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ.ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦPresentation Director،ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻴ ًﺎ،ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﻣ ﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ.ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢFn + F7 .
ﻟﻔﺘﺢPresentation Director،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !! ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Presentation Director .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows 7، ﻻﻳﻜﻮﻥPresentation Director ﻣﺪﻋﻤ ًﺎﻧﻈﺮًﺍﻷ ﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7
ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔﺑﺪﻻًﻣﻨﻪ.
ﻳﻌﺪﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﺣ ﻼ ًﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺿ ﻐﻄﺔ ﺯﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ، ﻭﻫﻮﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮ ﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ ﻣ ﺸﺎﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣ ﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ،ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻄﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺬﺭﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Windows .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 :ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣١ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲWindows VistaﻭWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Rescue and Recovery .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٣٥
System Update
ThinkVantage GPS
ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ System Updateﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺣﺰﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ
)ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ThinkVantage،ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ،ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ UEFI BIOS،ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ(.ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎLenovo،ﻣﺜﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSystem Update،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 :ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣١ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲWindows VistaﻭWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!System Update .
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ PCI Express Mini ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺗﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ) GPS (،ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ
ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ) GPS (ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻼًﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ
ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ Google Maps ﺃﻭ Microsoft Bing™ ™ Maps .
ﻟﻔﺘﺢThinkVantage GPS،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 :ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣١ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲWindows VistaﻭWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!ThinkVantage GPS .
ﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻤﺮ ﺻﻨﺎﻋ ﻲGPS،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍ ﻋ ﻦ ﺟ ﺴ ﻤﻚ.
•ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲGPSﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔLCD .
•ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺋﻂﺍﻟﺨﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪﺗ ﻀ ﻌ ﻒ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮﺍﻟﺼ ﻨﺎﻋ ﻲ.
•ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﺃﻗﻮ ﻯ.
Lenovo SimpleTap
Lenovo ThinkVantage Tablet Shortcut Menu
ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮﺍﻟﺼ ﻨﺎﻋ ﻲ GPSﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
•ﺩﺍﺧﻞﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ
•ﺩﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺃﻭﺑﺠﻮﺍﺭﻩ
•ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻧﻲﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﻘﺔ
•ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X220 Tablet ﻭX220i Tablet، ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ٍﻭﺍﺗﺮﻙﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣًﺎﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ105
ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ)ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ(.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮLenovo SimpleTap ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳ ﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺘﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔ.
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo SimpleTap،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 :ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣١ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows Vista :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Lenovo SimpleTap .
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻫﻮﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﻲ ) tablet (،ﻓﺴ ﻮ ﻑ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮLenovo ThinkVantage Tablet Shortcut Menu
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﺇﻥTablet Shortcut Menu ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦﺃﺩﺍﺓﻣ ﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞThinkPad utility ﻣﺜﻞAccess Connections ﻭPresentation Director
ﻭEasyEject Utility ﺍﻟﻐﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻫﻮﺑﺪﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻣﻦﺃﺟﻞﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.
٣٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺗﺠﻌﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻳﻜﺘﺸ ﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ)ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﻲ( ﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ
ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻔ ﻀ ﻴﻼﺗﻚ.
ﻟﻔﺘﺢLenovo ThinkVantage Tablet Shortcut Menu،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 :ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣١ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows Vista :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!ThinkPad Tablet Shortcut Menu .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٣٧
٣٨ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ٢ . ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤ ﺒﻴ ﻮ ﺗ ﺮ
ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻗﻮﻳًﺎﻭﻣﺤﻤﻼًﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺄﻳﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻳﻮﻡ.
ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• "ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٩
• "ﺍﻷ ﺳﺌﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٩
• "ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٦
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮUltraNav "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٣
• "ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٧
• "ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦١
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭﺃﻭ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٥
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٦
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺓThinkLight "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٧
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٧
ﺗ ﺴ ﺠ ﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴ ﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺹ ﺑ ﻚ
ﻋﻨﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ، ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺃﻭ
ﻭﺟ ﻮﺩﻣ ﺸﻜﻠﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ.ﻓ ﻀ ﻼ ًﻋ ﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﺗﻘﺪﻡﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻮ ﺳﻌﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ ﺠﻠﻴﻦ.
http://www.lenovo.com/register
http://www.lenovo.com/support/faq .
ﻋﻨﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﻟﺪﻯ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔ Lenovo،ﺳﻮ ﻑ ﺗﺤ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻳﺎﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
•ﺧﺪﻣﺔﺃﺳ ﺮﻉ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣ ﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻣﻦ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo
•ﺇﻋ ﻼﻡﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻭﻳﺠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ: ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺎﻫﺰًﺍﻟﻠﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻡ، ﺳ ﻮ ﻑ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰﺍﺗ ﺼﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﺗ ﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ.
ﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﻟﺪﻯ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
ﺍﻷ ﺳ ﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ
ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝThinkPad .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺻ ﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺎﻋﺪﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺌﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ:
ﻫﻞﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﻠﻐﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ؟
• ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﻠﻐﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:http://www.lenovo.com/support .ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ .
ﻛﻴ ﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ؟
٣٩
• ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻔﻆﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺷ ﺮﺡ "ﺃﻭﺿ ﺎﻉ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٥٩ .
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
http://www.lenovo.com/support/faq
• ﻟﻠﺤﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀﺧ ﻄ ﻂﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows XP (
ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡPower Manager .
• ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﻣﻨﻊﺍﺳﺘﻨﺰﺍﻑ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ .ﺍﺑﺤﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﺑﺸﺄﻥﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲ "ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٧ .
ﻫﻞﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻬﺘﻢﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎﻥﺃﻭﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ؟
•ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻗﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٤ "ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٥ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴ ﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ.
•ﻳﻘﻮﻡClient Security Solutionﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻣ ﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﻡﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩClient Security Solution ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻫﻮWindows 7،ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solution ﻣﺜﺒﺘ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣ ﺴﺒﻘًﺎ.
• ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ "ﻣﻼﺣ ﻈﺔﻟﺤﺬ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ٩.
ﻫﻞﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﺃﻣﺮًﺍ ﺻ ﻌﺒًﺎﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻚ؟
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
•ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡAccess Connections .
•ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦١ .
•ﻟﻠﺴﻔﺮﺑﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺍﺻ ﻄ ﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻌﻚﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٣ .
•ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F5،ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ "ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١١ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ.
ﻫﻞﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻋﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔﺃﻭﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ؟
• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡPresentation Director ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7،ﻓﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺫﻟﻚﺃﻧﻪ ﻻﻳﺪﻋﻢPresentation Director؛ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ
ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢFn+F7 ﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
•ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ "ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٠ .
•ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ.
ﻫﻞﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ؟
•ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٦ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٠٩ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٧ "ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٤١ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻫﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣ ﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ، ﻭﺗﺸﻌﺮﺍﻵ ﻥﺃﻧﻪﺃﺻ ﺒﺢ ﺑﻄﻴﺌ ًﺎ؟
•ﺍﺗﺒﻊ "ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٨٩ .
•ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺑﻨﻔﺴ ﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣ ﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ.
•ﻛﻤﺎﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺃﺩﺍﺓﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٥ "ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٠١ .
ﺍﻃﺒﻊﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺬﺭﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻉﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ.
• "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٦٣
• "ﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٩ ٥
• "ﻣ ﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢١٥
٤٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴ ﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮ ﺣ ﻲ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝThinkPad X220 Tablet ﺃﻭX220i Tablet ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﻲ،ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﻲ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﺍﻟ ﻄ ﻲ
ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻄ ﻲ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻄﺮﻳﺔﺇﺑﺪﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺳ ﻬﻠﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺷﻜﺎﻝﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺿ ﻴﺤﻴﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻠﻢTablet Digitizer
ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎﺭﻗﻤﻴًﺎ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻄ ﻲ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺒﻂءﻣﻊﺍﻹﻣ ﺴﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﻦﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺑﻜﻠﺘﺎﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ.ﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻵ ﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ.
٢.ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ 45ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﻗﻞ،ﻭﻳ ُﻔ ﻀ ﻞ 90ﺩﺭﺟﺔ.ﺃﻣ ﺴ ﻚ ﻣﻨﺘ ﺼ ﻒ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻴﺪﻣﻊﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
ﺑﺎﻷﺧﺮ ﻯ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺒﻂء ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭ ﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬ ًﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻵ ﻥ ﻓﻲ
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺭ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ،ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺔﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٤١
٣ . ﺃﻏﻠﻖﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺒﻂ ء ﻣﻊﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﻦﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﻜﻠﺘﺎﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ180 ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.
٤ . ﻳﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻵ ﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻄ ﻲ .
ﻹﺭﺟﺎﻉﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ 45ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﻗﻞ،ﻭﻳ ُﻔ ﻀ ﻞ 90ﺩﺭﺟﺔ.
٢.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺑﺒﻂء )ﻳﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﻓﻲ ﻋﻜ ﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭ ﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ
ﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ( ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬًﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.
٤٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻵ ﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻄ ﻲ
• ﻹﻏﻼ ﻕ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺃﻭﻻ ًﺃﻥﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺃﻭﺗﻢ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻬﺎﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ 180 ﺩﺭﺟﺔﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ
ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.
•ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺣﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﻓﻘﻂ.
•ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﻮﺧ ﻲﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺗﻄﻢﺃﻱ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•ﻹﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻣ ﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ،ﻻﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺃﻱ ﺷ ﻲءﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﻮ ﻕ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳ ﺠﺎﺩﺓﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺩﺓ.
•ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ،ﺃﻣ ﺴ ﻚﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺑﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻗﻠﻢTablet Digitizer .
•ﺍﺫﺍﺃﻣﺴﻜ ﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻪﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻄ ﻲ،ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻷﻳﺔ ﺻ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﻩ.
•ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻸﻣﻄﺎﺭﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ.
•ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺈﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻠﻢTablet Digitizer
ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﻗﻠﻢTablet Digitizer ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻪﻓﻲ ﺻ ﻨﺪﻭ ﻕ ﻣﻨﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻ ﻨﺪﻭ ﻕ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦThinkPad . ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎﻛﻤﺎﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ: ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣ ﺼ ﻨﻮ ﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓﻣ ﻀ ﺎﺩﺓﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ.ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﻮﺧ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻘﻂﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮThinkPad ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻩ
ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪ.
1 ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﻩ،ﺛﻢﺍﺳﺤﺒﻪﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭﺝ 2.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٤٣
ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺘﻪ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ.ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺭﺃ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ.ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢﻟﺼ ﺪﻣﺔﺃﻭﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ.
2 ﻭﺯﺭﻟﻠﻨﻘﺮ3ﻭﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﻤﺤﺎﺓ 4.ﺃﻣﺴ ﻚﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﺷ ﺮﺑﺎﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮ 1.
ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻠﻢTablet Digitizer ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃ ﺱ
ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ )ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ(،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﻢ.ﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ. ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﻧﻘﺮﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ ﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺑﺴ ﻦﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ.
3 ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ .ﻳﺆﺩﻱﺭﺃ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺤﺎﺓ 4 ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻤﺤﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ
ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻮ ﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻌ ﻤ ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ.ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴ ًﺎ، ﻷﻧﻚ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﺪﻻ ًﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢﻟﻠﺘ ﺼ ﻔﺢ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﻨﻘﺮ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﺑﺈ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ.ﻭﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﺮﺗﻴﻦ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﺈ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ.ﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﻧﻘﺮﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺩﺍﺋﺮ ﻱ.ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﺇﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ، ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ .
٤٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺑﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ،ﺗﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ،ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻟﻬﺎﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺃﻭ
ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺪﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺑﺈ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻴﻦﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻣ ﺴﺘﻨﺪﺃﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻩ.
ﺗﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ.ﺑﻞﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺃﻗﻞﻟﻤ ﺲ ﻟﻺ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺍﻟﻐﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴ ًﺎﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ.
ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔﺃﻭﺃﻧﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﺻﺒﻊﺃﻭﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺗﺪﻱ ﻗﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ.ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺭﻓ ﺾ ﺭﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻴﺪﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻘ ﺼ ﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﻢﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ، ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ.
ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
• ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻴﺔﻳﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻼ ﺳﺘﻚ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ .ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚﺃﻭ ﻗﻠﻢ Tablet
Digitizerﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﻱ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺧ ﻼ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ،ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﻳ ﻀﺎﺃﻳﺔﺃﺩﺍﺓﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﻠ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺃﻭﺃﻧﻬﺎ
ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ .
• ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻮﺿ ﻌﻪﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺈﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ .ﻻﺗﺤﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﻲ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻭﻗﻠﻢ Tablet Digitizer ﻓﻲﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ ،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ٍﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻠﻢDigitizer ﻓﻘﻂ.
• ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ ،ﻗﺪﻳﺒﺪﺃﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠ ﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﻠﻤ ﺴ ﻬﺎﺑﺈ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ )ﺃﻭﺇﺻﺒﻌﻴﻦ ( ﻭﺑﻴﻦﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ .
ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻗﻢﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺇﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺻ ﻴﺔSettings Utility ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ .
•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻂﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ،ﻓﺈﻥﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺍﻟﻴﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻟﻬﺎ:
–ﺍﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻌ ًﺎﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺃﻭﺗ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﻩ.
–ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ ﻭﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ.
–ﻣﻼﻣ ﺴ ﺔﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻔﻬﺎﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﻫﺎﻛﻤﺎﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴ ﻒ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
١ . ﻻﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ ،ﺇﻟﺦ.،ﻣﻦﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻄ ﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺻ ﺔ .ﻻﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻣﺬﻳﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ
ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎ ﺵ .
٢.ﺃﺯﻝﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺷ ﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﻭﺃﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺣﺪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎ ﺵ .
٣.ﺃﻣﺎﺍﻟﺒﻘﻊﺃﻭﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻵ ﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎ ﺵ ﺃﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ.
٤.ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻄﻌﺔﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎ ﺵ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻐﺴﻠﻬﺎﺑﻤﻨﻈ ﻒ ﻋﺪﻳﻢﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﺤﺔ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺯ ﺭﺍﺭTablet
ﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺻ ﻒ ﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻬﻢﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻄ ﻲ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺪﻭﻥﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٤٥
1ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻓﻲﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭ ﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ.
2ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺯﺭﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔﻧﻔ ﺲ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮ ﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢCtrl+Alt+Del .
3ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡTablet Shortcut Menu
ﺇﻥTablet Shortcut Menu ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﻣﺠ ﻲ ﻣﺤ ﺴ ّﻦ ﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻄ ﻲ. ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿ ﺒﻂﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ
ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞThinkPad ﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ،ﻣﺜﻞAccess Connections ﻭPresentation Director .ﻛﻤﺎﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻄ ﻲ،ﻣﺜﻞﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻭ ﺿﺎﻉﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺷﻌﺔBeam Forming
ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻄ ﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﻨﺪﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻗﻠﻢTablet Digitizer ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﻪ.
ﻟﺒﺪﺀTablet Shortcut Menu،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭTablet " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻠﻢTablet
Digitizer Pen ﺃﻭﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚ .ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ .
ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮ ﺣﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !! ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools !!Tablet Utility .
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣ ﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows Vista ﻭWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !! ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Tablet Shortcut Menu .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲTablet Shortcut Menu .
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺯ ﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺻ ﺔ
ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ.
ﻣ ﻔﺘﺎ ﺡThinkVantage
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﺭThinkVantage ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗ ﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ، ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺧ ﻼ ﻑ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀًﺎ.
٤٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺃﻳ ﻀﺎﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭThinkVantage ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺑﺪﺀ ﻣ ﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery،ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺇﺧﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎﻋﻨﻪ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows،ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
•ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺌﺔWindowsﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ،ﺷﺮﻳﻄﺔﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻧﺴ ﺦ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and
Recovery .
• ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Setup .
ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻣ ﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery .ﺃﻭﻗ ﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ، ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ " To interrupt normal
startup, press the blue ThinkVantage button )ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ThinkVantage ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ(" ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ
ﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭThinkVantage .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔRescue and Recovery .
ﻟﻮ ﺣ ﺔ ﻣ ﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ ﺭﻗ ﻤﻴﺔ
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔﺑﻬﺎ10 ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻨﻬﺎ.
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡShift ﺃﻭFn ﺛﻢﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡNmLk (ScrLk) .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻢﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ10 ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻫ ﻲ ﻧﻔﺴ ﻬﺎﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ
ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ، ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻄﺒﻮ ﻋﺔﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٤٧
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡShift ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ: ﻻﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.
ﺗ ﻮﻟﻴﻔﺎ ﺕ ﻣ ﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻮ ﻇ ﺎﺋ ﻒ
ﻋﺒﺮﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ.ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡFn1،ﺛﻢﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ
2.
ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ
٤٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺗﺮ ﺷﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﻬ ﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
•Fn+F3
ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺨ ﻄ ﻂ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows XP،ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﻢﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻩﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔPower Manager،ﺃﻭﺍ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮ
ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ. ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ،ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻟﻮﺣﺔﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺨ ﻄ ﻂ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows XP،ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(ﺃﻭﻟ ﻀ ﺒﻂ
ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺴ ﺆﻭﻝﻧﻈﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows XP، ﻭﺍﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F3،ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ
ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻣ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺁﺧﺮﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows XP، ﻭﺍﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F3، ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ.
•Fn+F4
ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ)ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡFn ﻓﻘﻂ،ﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺎﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ)ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows XP،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ(،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲPower Manager .
•Fn+F12
ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺛﻮﺍﻥ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
– ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢﻣﻦﺗﻼ ﺷ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F12، ﻻﻳﺪﺧﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ . ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ
ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ.ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﺩﺧﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻠ ﻒ.
– ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ Fn+F3،ﻭFn+F4،ﻭFn+F12،ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ThinkPad PM ﻣﺜﺒﺘ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٧ .
ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤ ﻲ
•Fn+F7
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤ ﻲ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮﺓً،ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞPresentation Director .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٤٩
ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢFn+F7 ﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺃﺣﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﺭ ﺝﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ،ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞPresentation Director، ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ
ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !! ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Presentation Director .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤ ﻲ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ " Presentation Director " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٥ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows 7،ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ، ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻓﻲ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢFn+F7 ﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞﺃﺣﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ
•Fn+F7
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 :
ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ. ﺳ ﻮ ﻑ ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
–ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻘﻂ (LCD)
–ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ )ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ(
–ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ )ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ(
–ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ،ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢWin+P .
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows Vista ﻭWindows XP :
ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ،ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﻷﻧﻤﺎﻁﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ:
–ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ )ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﺩﻳﺔ(
–ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ )ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔ LCD +ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﺩﻳﺔ(
–ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
– ﻻﺗﻜﻮﻥﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺔﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺻ ﻮﺭ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ )ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ(.
– ﻻﺗﻌﻤﻞﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻴﻠﻢ DVD ﺃﻭﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ .
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ،ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞPresentation Director، ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺎﺕ ﻣ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !! ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Presentation Director،ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕFn+F7 .
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ
•Fn+F5
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F5،ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳ ﺮﻳﻌًﺎ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡFn+F5 ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
ﻣﻘﺪﻣًﺎ:
–ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
–ﺃﺩﺍﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ
–ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ٦١ .
٥٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
•Fn+F6
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F6،ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ.
ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ: ﻻﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺇﻻﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ
ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٦ .
ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ
•Fn+PgUp :ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞThinkLight .ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+PgUp ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ: ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺔﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﺕThinkPad ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦThinkLight .ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﻟـThinkLight ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﻟﺒ ﻀ ﻊﺛﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+PgUp .
• Fn+Home :ﺗﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺳ ﻄﻮﻋ ًﺎ .
ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞﺍﻟﻐﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄﻮ ﻉ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ.ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows Vista،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ)ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(،ﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ،ﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ،ﺃﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺃﻭﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪ.ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄﻮ ﻉﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡPower Manager .
• Fn+End :ﺗﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺧﻔﻮﺗ ًﺎ .
ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞﺍﻟﻐﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄﻮ ﻉ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ.ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows Vista،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ)ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(،ﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ،ﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ،ﺃﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺃﻭﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪ.ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄﻮ ﻉﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡPower Manager .
• Fn +ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ:ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻜﺒ ّﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ.
•Fn+F2 :ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
•Fn+F8 :ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓUltraNav .
•Fn+PrtSc :ﻟﻬﺎﻧﻔ ﺲ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡSysRq .
• Fn+ScrLk :ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ.ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
•Fn+Pause :ﻟﻬﺎﻧﻔ ﺲ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡBreak .
• Fn +ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻬﻢ:ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻊ Windows Media Player .ﻭﺗﺘﺴﻢﺑﺎﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
– Fn +ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺳ ﻬﻢ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ:ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ
– Fn +ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺳ ﻬﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ:ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ
– Fn +ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺳ ﻬﻢﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ:ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ
– Fn +ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺳ ﻬﻢﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ:ﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ
ﻣ ﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﺷ ﺪﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺍ ﺧ ﻔﺎﺀ ﻩ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤّﻨﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٥١
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻜﺘﻢﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺛﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻓﺴﻴﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ(+) ﺃﻭ
ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻄﺮﺡ (-) .
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﺗﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﻪ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻟﻬﺎ.
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮ ﺝ ﺃﻭ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 ﻭWindows Vista :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ !!ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺼ ﻪ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ .
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻ ﻕ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows XP :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ !!ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻓﻲﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺃﻭﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻛﺬﻟﻚﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ "Volume " ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻋﻠﻰ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ
ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ " Volume ".ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ، ﺣﺮﻙ
ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻧﺰﻻ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻭ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ.ﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ، ﺣﺪﺩﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟﺴ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ)ﻛﺘﻢﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows Vista
ﻭWindows XP (.
•ﻗﺪﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬﺃﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓ ًﺎ ﻃﻔﻴﻔًﺎﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼ ﻑ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ.
•ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟ ﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕWindowsﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸ ﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺯﺭﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮ ﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 ﻭWindows Vista
ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻴًﺎ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ.
٥٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻷﺣﺪﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﻟﺪﻳﻚ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F6 .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Communications Utility .
٣.ﻓﻲ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ VoIP ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺯﺭﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ.ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ.
٤.ﺣﺪﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩﻓﻘﻂ:.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺣﺪﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ.
٥.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂOK .
ﻣ ﻔﺘﺎ ﺡWindows ﻭ ﻣ ﻔﺘﺎ ﺡ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻄ ﺒﻴ ﻖ
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺣﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ:
1ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡWindows
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ "ﺍﺑﺪﺃ" ﻓﻲ Windows ﺃﻭﺇﺧﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺁﺧﺮﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ،ﻓﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ " ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﺃﻭ "ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" )"ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ " ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Windows XP (.ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows .
2ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ
ﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘ ﺼ ﺮﺓﻟﻌﻨ ﺼ ﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ، ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻌﻨ ﺼ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺄ ﺷ ﻴ ﺮUltraNav
ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮUltraNav .ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥUltraNav ﻣﻦTrackPoint ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﻟﻤ ﺲ،ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻘﻞﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﻟﻪ
ﻭﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻛﻼﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔ ﻀﻠﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
• ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ TrackPoint ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﻛﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٥٣
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦTrackPoint ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ .
• ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦTrackPoint ﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮﺭﺋﻴﺴ ﻲ ﻭﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻟﻠﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻓﻘﻂ .
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻊTrackPoint،ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎﺗﻢﻗ ﺼ ﺮﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ
ﻭﻭﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺑﻄﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ.
• ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ ﺭﺋﻴﺴ ﻲ ﻭﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ TrackPoint ﻟﻠﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻓﻘﻂ .
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻊﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ،ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺘﻢﻗ ﺼ ﺮﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡTrackPoint ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ.
•ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦTrackPointﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ ﺭﺋﻴﺴ ﻲ،ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞﻟﻮ ﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ .
•ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ ﺭﺋﻴﺴ ﻲ،ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞTrackPoint .
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ UltraNav
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ UltraNav ﻓﻲ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ UltraNav ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ " ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ".ﻭﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F8، ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ UltraNav .ﻓﻲﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ .ﻳﺘﻢﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ " ﺧﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ
ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ".ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐUltraNav .
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ "ﺍﺑﺪﺃ"ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
–ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7ﻭWindows Vista :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻷﺟ ﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ !!ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ !!UltraNav .
–ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻯ !!ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ !!UltraNav .
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺃﻳ ﻀًﺎﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ UltraNavﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ UltraNavﻓﻲﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ UltraNavﻓﻲﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ
"ﺇﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ UltraNavﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٧ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺄ ﺷ ﻴ ﺮTrackPoint
ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint ﻣﻦ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮ(1) ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﺔﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﻟﻠﻨﻘﺮﺃﺳﻔﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮ(5) ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺯ ٍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ؛ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓﺃﻥ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮﻧﻔﺴ ﻬﺎﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ.ﺗﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ
ﺳ ﺮﻋﺔﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀ ﻐﻂﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮ.ﺇﻥ ﻭﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺯﺭ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ(4) ﻭﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ(2) ﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻭﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺯﺭ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ
ﻭﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ.ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘ ﺼ ﻒTrackPoint (3) ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ ُﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ،ﻳﺘﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺻ ﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺷ ﺮﻃﺔﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺮ ﺳ ﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡTrackPoint،ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ:
١ . ﺿﻊﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ،ﺛﻢﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺇﺻ ﺒﻊﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋ ﺼﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮﻓﻴﻪ .
ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍ ﻋ ﻦ ﺟ ﺴ ﻤﻚﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ، ﻭﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﻦ.
٥٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ: ﻻﺣ ﻆﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮﻗﺪﻳﻨﺤﺮ ﻑ .ﻭﻻ ﻳُﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻴﺒًﺎ.ﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻋ ﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ TrackPoint ﻟﺒ ﻀ ﻊﺛﻮﺍﻥٍ، ﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ.
٢. ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ ﺤ ﺐ ﺣ ﺴﺒﻤﺎﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭ ﻷﻳﺴ ﺮﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺑﻬﺎﻣﻴﻦ،ﺛﻢ ﺣﺮّﻙ ﻋ ﺼﺎﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint .
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint ﻣﺜﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺯﺭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ.
ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺTrackPoint
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint ﻭﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣ ﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔTrackPoint .
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒﺮﺓ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮTrackPoint .
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮTrackPoint .
ﻟﺘﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ TrackPoint ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F8 .ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔﺑﻬﺎﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯUltraNav .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ UltraNav .ﺃﺳﻔﻞ TrackPoint ،ﺗﺎﺑﻊﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ.
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ
ً
ﻟﻠﻔﻚ. ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ ﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻢ.
1 ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮ ﻑ ﻋ ﺼﺎﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ TrackPoint ﻗﺎﺑﻼ
ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮ ﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﺎﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻲ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ
ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ،ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏ ﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺸ ﺎ ﺷ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻌ ﻤ ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺃﺳﻔﻞﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ TrackPoint ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮ2 ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ، ﺣﺮﻙ ﻃﺮ ﻑ ﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ.ﻳﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﺜﻞﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ. ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻔﻬﺎﻣﻊ ﻭﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺯﺭ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ
ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٥٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ
ﺗﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺪﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ
ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﺛﻴﻘﺔﺃﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲUltraNav .
ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
ﻟﺘﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F8 .ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔﺑﻬﺎﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯUltraNav .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ UltraNavﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ.
ﺳ ﻠﻮ ﻙUltraNav ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ
ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻴًﺎ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦTrackPoint ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ،ﻓﺤﺪﺩ"ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ."
ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞTrackPoint ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞTrackPoint ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢFn+F8 :
١.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F8 .ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔﺑﻬﺎﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯUltraNav .
٢.ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ TrackPoint ،ﺣﺪﺩﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ )ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ TrackPoint (.
ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ،ﺣﺪﺩﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ TrackPointﻓﻘﻂ )ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ (.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻏ ﻼ ﻕ.
• ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ UltraNav :
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 ﻭWindows Vista
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ !!ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐUltraNav .
٣.ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞTrackPoint ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦTrackPoint .
٥٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺀﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ .
٤.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂOK .
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻯ !!ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐUltraNav .
٣.ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞTrackPoint ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦTrackPoint .
ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺀﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ .
٤.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂOK .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺUltraNav ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔUltraNav ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺇﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ UltraNav ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٧ .
ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻳﻘ ﻮﻧﺔUltraNav ﺇﻟ ﻰ ﻣﻨ ﻄ ﻘ ﺔ ﺃﺩ ﻭﺍ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨ ﻈ ﺎﻡ
ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺑﺴ ﻬﻮﻟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺUltraNav،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇ ﺿﺎﻓﺔﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔUltraNav ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔUltraNav ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F8 .ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔﺑﻬﺎﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ UltraNavﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐUltraNav .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻹ ﻇﻬﺎﺭﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ UltraNavﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ.
٦.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻫﻮ Windows 7 ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ UltraNav .ﻹ ﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎﺇﻟﻰ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ
ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺛﻢﺗﺎﺑﻊﻟﺘﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬٍﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺUltraNav ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔUltraNav ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﺇﺩﺍﺭ ﺓ ﺍﻟ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺔ
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ،ﻳﺘﻢﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﻼ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻣﺨﺘﻠ ﻒ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﻤﻌﺪﻻ ﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ًﺍﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼ ﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﺑﺴ ﺮﻋﺔﺃﻛﺒﺮ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ،ﻭﻭﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻭﺍﻗ ﺾ ﻭﻗﺘ ًﺎﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭ ﻥﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕThinkPad .ﻟﻘﺪﺃﺣﺪﺛﺖ
ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞﺛﻮﺭﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝﺍﻷ ﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺮﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﺻ ﺔﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺻ ﻄ ﺤﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﻠﻚﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎﺫﻫﺒﺖ.ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕThinkPad، ﺳ ﻮ ﻑ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻥ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻃ ﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺪﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
ﺍﻟﺘ ﺤ ﻘ ﻖ ﻣ ﻦ ﺣ ﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒ ﻄ ﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻘﻴﺎ ﺱ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ) Power Manager Battery Gauge (ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ.
ﻭ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺩﻣﻌﺪﻝﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼ ﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ.ﻭﻟﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻠﻮﻛ ًﺎﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻟﻪﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ
ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ،ﻓﻤﻦﺍﻟﺼ ﻌ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺎﻣﻼ ﻥ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺎﻥ:
•ﻛﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.
•ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ:ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﻭﻛﻢﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﻓﺘﺮﺓﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻣ ﻀ ﺎﺀﺓ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٥٧
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣ ﻬﺎﻳ ﺊ ﻃ ﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺩ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻳﻮﻥﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔﺑﻪ،ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ.ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ،ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ.
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﻴﻦﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﻴﻦ:
١.ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪﺑﻤﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﻢﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺿ ﺮﺭ ﺟ ﺴﻴﻢﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﻫﻨﺎ.
١.ﺻ ِﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﺻ ِﻞ ﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ.
٣.ﺻ ِﻞ ﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺃﺳﻔﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
•ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ،ﺍﻓ ﺼﻠﻪ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺛﻨﻲ ﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ.
•ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
–ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ.
–ﺇﺫﺍﺑﺪﺃﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ .
–ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ.
ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ 10 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 50 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(.
ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒ ﻄ ﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ٍ
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩﺃﻥﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔ ﻀ ﺔﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪﺇﻧﺬﺍﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔ ﻀ ﺔ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ
ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺸ ﺤﻮﻧﺔ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒًﺎ،ﻓ ﺼ ِﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺑﻪ،ﺛﻢﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ3ﺇﻟﻰ6
ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ.ﻳﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ. ﺳﻴﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ،ﻭ ﺳﻴﻌﻠﻤﻚ ﺑﻮﻗﺖ
ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ، ﻻﻳﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺒﺪﺀﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ95 % .
ﺯ ﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﺘﺮ ﺓ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣ ﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒ ﻄ ﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻷ ﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺣ ﺪ
ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺣﺪ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻨﻔﺪﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎﻭﻳ ﻀ ﻲءﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ.
•ﺃﻋﺪ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ.ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎﺇﺫﺍﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﻮﻧًﺎﺃﺧ ﻀ ﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ.
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺆﺧﺮ ًﺍ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺃﻋﺪ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ.ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺇﺫﺍﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﻮﻧًﺎﺃﺧ ﻀ ﺮ.
٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻨﻔﺪﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎﻭﻳ ﻀ ﻲ ءﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ.
• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺩﻭﻣ ًﺎﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ،ﻣﺜﻞﺃﻭﺿ ﺎﻉﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ،ﻭﻭﺿ ﻊ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ،ﻭﻭﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮ ﻥ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ (،ﻭﻭﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ .
٥٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺇﺩﺍﺭ ﺓ ﻃ ﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒ ﻄ ﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower Manager،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﻚﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺧﺎﺻ ﻴﺔﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﻟﺒﺪﺃﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 :ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣١ .
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲWindows VistaﻭWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Power Manager .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣ ﻮﻝﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower Manager، ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
ﺃﻭ ﺿ ﺎ ﻉ ﺣ ﻔ ﻆ ﺍﻟ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺔ
ﻫﻨﺎﻙﺃﻭ ﺿﺎﻉ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻓﻲﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻟﺘﺮ ﺷﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻭﻳﻘﺪﻡﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ
ﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺎﻉ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
• ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ .ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ ًﺍﻛﺒﻴﺮًﺍﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ .ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F3 .ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻟﻮﺣﺔﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows XP ،ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(.
٢.ﺣﺪﺩﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ)ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻤﺨ ﻄ ﻂﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ()ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows XP ،ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ(.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F3 .ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻟﻮﺣﺔﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows XP ،ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(.
٢.ﺣﺪﺩﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕFn+F3 .
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
٤.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ OK .ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﻓﻴﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F3 ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
• ﻭﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻓﻲ Windows XP (.ﻓﻲﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ (،ﻳﺘﻢﺣﻔﻆﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ،ﺛﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻣﺤﺮﻙ
ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻨﺸ ﻂﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺗﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻬﺎﻣﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺧ ﻼﻝﺛﻮﺍﻥ.
ﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F4 .ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Fn .
• ﻭﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ . ﻋﺒﺮﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﻔﻆﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀﺃﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ . ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ،ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ، ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ، ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ،ﺛﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ
ﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F12 .ﻻ ﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺴ ﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋ ﻦﺃﺭﺑﻊﺛﻮﺍﻥ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ،ﻣﺜﻞBluetooth ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ. ﺳ ﻮ ﻑ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮ ﺷﻴﺪ
ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5 .
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ، ﻭﺗﻢﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ)ﻭﻫﻮﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻲ(،ﻟﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻱ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ،ﻳﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻗﺪﺭ ًﺍ ﺿ ﺌﻴﻼًﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 ﻭWindows Vista :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ )ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows Vista ،ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻴﺎﻧﺔ(.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻤ ﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣ ﺴﺌﻮﻝﺃﻭﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ،ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ.
٤.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ،ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂﻟﻪ.ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪﻭﻟﺔ.
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪﻭﻟﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺮﻭﻁ.
٦.ﺿ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﺣﺪﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑـﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows XP :
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٥٩
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪﻭﻟﺔ.ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪﻭﻟﺔ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪﻭﻟﺔ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ .
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
٦.ﺿ ﻤﻦﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﺣﺪﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑـﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻨﺨﻔ ﺾ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ،ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺛﻼﺛﺔﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ:ﻳﺘﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ، ﻭﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ،
ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔLCD .ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞPower Manager .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ.
٣.ﻟـﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺿ ﻌ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺿ ﻌ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﺮﺟﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﺩﺧﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ)ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎ ﺽ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ، ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻢﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪﺑﻌﺪ،
ﺳ ﻮ ﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻻ ﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
ﻣ ﻌﺎﻟ ﺠ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺒ ﻄ ﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﻚﺃﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻯ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﺃﻭﺗﺴ ﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻻ ﻳﻐﻄ ﻰﺍﻟﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻯ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔLenovo ﻭ ﻻﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺗﻢﻓﻜﻬﺎﺃﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ.
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﺍﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﺧ ﻄﺮﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ.ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺿ ﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺿ ﺎﺭﺓ.ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻯ
ﺍﻻ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺔﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ:
•ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮ ﻉ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﺔLenovoﺑﻪ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ.
•ﻻﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ.
•ﻻﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀﺃﻭﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ.
•ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺗﻘ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ.
•ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻑ ﻭﺑﺎﺭﺩ.
•ﺍﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝﺍﻷ ﻃﻔﺎﻝ.
ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻫ ﻲ ﻣ ﺼ ﺪﺭﻗﺎﺑﻞﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﻨﻔﺎﺩ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻧﻔﺎﺩ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺴ ﺮﻋﺔﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ،ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺄﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo .ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﻋ ﻦ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀ.
٦٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻟﻠﺴﻘﻮﻁﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤ ﻄﻢﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺛﻘﺒﻬﺎﺃﻭﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻀ ﻬﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺳ ﻮﺀﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎﻗﺪ
ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ " ﺧﺮﻭ ﺝ " ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﻬ ﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺣ ﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭ ﺧﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ.ﺍﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺗﻼ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ،ﺃﻭﺗﻢﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺃﻱ ﺷ ﺤﻨﺔ
ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭﺗﻜﻮ ﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻋ ﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺪﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﺎﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ.
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻰﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎﻓﻰﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻟﺐ. ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﺍﻣﺘﺜﻞﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪﺃﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ
ﺍﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺔﺑﺎﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺔ.
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧ ﻄﺮﻟﺤﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢ.ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﻗﺪﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ
ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ.ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ.ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺻﺎﺑﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ،ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
(1) ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭ ﻏﻤ ﺴ ﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ، (2) ﺍﻟﺴ ﻤﺎﺡ ﻟﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴ ﺨﻴﻦ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ 100 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 212 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(،ﺃﻭ (3) ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺇﺻ ﻼ ﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭﻓﻜﻬﺎ.
ﺗﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪﺃﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮﺍﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺔﺑﺎﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺔ.
ﺍﻻ ﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺸ ﺒﻜ ﺔ
ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺌﻴﻦﺃﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔLAN ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻟﻠﺸ ﺮﻛﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔWAN ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ.
" Access Connections " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٣ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺺ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ.ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻛﻞ
ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ.
ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻡﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺃﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧ ﻂ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺧ ﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻲ،
ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻡ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔLAN .ﻭﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻻﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻲ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.
ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎ ﻻ ﺕEthernet
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺃﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﻋﺮﻳ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ،ﻣﺜﻞDSL ﺃﻭCATV،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺓEthernet ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺇﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﻧ ﺼ ﻔﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞﺑﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ1 ﻏﻴﻐﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ.
ﻟﻼﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﺒﺮEthernet،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡAccess Connections .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﻮﺩﻡ ﻭﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet .ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﺼ ﺤﻴﺢ.
ﺍﻻ ﺗ ﺼ ﺎ ﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﻼ ﺳ ﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻥﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼ ﺕ ﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٦١
Bluetooth
WiMAX )ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤ ﻲ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ(
ﻭﺗﺒﻌًﺎﻟﻠﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻐﻄﻴﺘﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﻧﻮﻉﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻨﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﻗﺪﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻟﻚ:
ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﺗﻐﻄ ﻲﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺻ ﻐﻴﺮﺓﻧﺴﺒﻴًﺎ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺒﻨﻰ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ.ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻸ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ802.11 ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﻬﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.
ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ
ﺗﻐﻄ ﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﺳ ﻊ.ﻭﺗ ُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔﻟﻨﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ، ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻧﺎﻗﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ
ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺗﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺷ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣ ﺴﺎﻓﺔﻗ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺓﻣﻦ ﺑﻌ ﻀ ﻬﻤﺎﺍﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔBluetooth، ﻭﻫ ﻲ ﺗ ُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺃﻭﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ،ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ.
ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﻫﺬﻩﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ802.16 ﻭﻳ ُﺘﻮﻗﻊﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻟﻠﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﺗ ﺼﺎﻝ"ﻣﻴﻞﺃﺧﻴﺮ" ﺫﻱ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﺳ ﻊ ﻣ ﺸﺎﺑﻪ
ﻟﺬﻟﻚﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻩﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺃﻭADSL، ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﻓﻌﻠﻴ ًﺎ.
ﺇﻧ ﺸ ﺎﺀ ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕLAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺓﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ؛ﺑﺤﻴﺚ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪﻙ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﻏﺮﻓﺔﺍﻻ ﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉﺃﻭ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ،ﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻲ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗ ﺼ ﻄ ﺤ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻌﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ LAN ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ،ﻓﺘﺤﻘﻖﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻗﺒﻞﺇﻗﻼ ﻉ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ.
• ﻓﻔﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ ،ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻌﻮﺩ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ.ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺀﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻛﺄﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕThinkPad " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ
١٤١ .
ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓLAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
•ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻘﺒﺎﺕ ﻗﺪﺭﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝLANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓLANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔﺃﻛﺒﺮﻗﻠﻴﻼ ًﻣﻦ90ﺩﺭﺟﺔ.
•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ )ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ802.11 (ﻣﻊ ﺧﻴﺎﺭBluetoothﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺒﻄ ﺊ ﺳﺮﻋﺔﺇﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ
ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ)ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ802.11 (ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝ،ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞAccess Connections .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡAccess Connections،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(SSID) ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴ ﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞAccess Connections؛ ﻭﻫﻮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣ ﺴﺎﻋﺪﻟﻼﺗ ﺼﺎﻝ،ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﺴ ﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺣ ﺴ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ.ﺑﻌﺪﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ
ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺑﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ.
٦٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻃﺮﺯThinkPad ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺘﺮﻗﻴﺔ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴًﺎﻗﺎﺑﻼًﻟﻠﺘﺮﻗﻴﺔ.ﻭﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺃﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔLAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻮﻓﺮﻧﻘﺎﻁﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔLAN .ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻣﻦLenovo .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ"ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ
ThinkPad " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٤١ .
ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳ ﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻌﺔ)ﺷﺒﻜﺔWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ(ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ.ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔﺃﻭﺑﻠﺪﺓﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻬﺎ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺃﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺻ ﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔﻳﺸﻐﻠﻬﺎﻣﻮﻓﺮﻭ
ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮThinkPad ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﻣﺜﻞ1xEV-DO ﺃﻭ
HSPA ﺃﻭ3G ﺃﻭGPRS .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ WAN ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺓﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ WAN
ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮﺡ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺧﺪﻣﺔWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ.
ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ WAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ " ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ UltraConnect ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٣٠ .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺓWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞAccess Connections .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝﺍﺗ ﺼﺎﻝWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ،ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺇﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻻ ﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ:
•ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍ ﻋ ﻦ ﺟ ﺴ ﻤﻚ.
•ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ٍﻭﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔﺃﻛﺒﺮﻗﻠﻴﻼًﻣﻦ90ﺩﺭﺟﺔ.
•ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺋﻂﺍﻟﺨﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪﺗ ﻀ ﻌ ﻒ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ.
•ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﺃﻗﻮ ﻯ.
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡBluetooth
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣ ﻲﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 ﻭWindows Vista
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﺰﻭّﺩًﺍﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕBluetooth ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻨﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5 .ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5،ﻳﺘﻢ
ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕBluetooth ﺃﻭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻨﻬﺎﺑﻨﻘﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔBluetooth ﺃﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓBluetooth ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ )ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows Vista ،ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ Bluetooth (.
ﻹﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻤﻜّﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ Bluetooth ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺇﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ.
٢.ﺣﺪﺩﺇﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﺇﻟﻰ !!ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓBluetooth .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕWindows ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ)ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ802.11 ( ﻣﻊ ﺧﻴﺎﺭBluetooth ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺒﻄ ﺊ ﺳ ﺮﻋﺔﺇﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﺰﻭّﺩًﺍﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕBluetooth ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻨﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5 .
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5،ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕBluetooth ﺃﻭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻨﻬﺎﺑﻨﻘﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٦٣
ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows XP،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺇﻣﺎﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkPad Bluetooth with Enhanced Data Rat،ﺃﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Microsoft
Bluetooth .ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻴ ًﺎ،ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ThinkPad Bluetooth with Enhanced Data Rateﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡBluetooth ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻴﻬﺎBluetooth ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺃﻱ ﻣﻦﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﻳﻦﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ:
١ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ My Bluetooth Placesﻋﻠﻰﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺃﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ Bluetoothﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ
Start Using Bluetooth،ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻴﺔﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ.
٢ . ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ .
ﺃﻭ
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ My Bluetooth Placesﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ Bluetoothﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.
٢.ﺣﺪﺩ Start Using Bluetooth .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Start Using Bluetooth ،ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻴﺔﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ.
٣.ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻴﺔﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒBluetooth ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞMicrosoft Bluetooth
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP ﻭﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕMicrosoft Bluetooth ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ
"ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Microsoft Bluetooth ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows XP " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٥ .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔBluetooth،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞBluetooth .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓBluetooth .
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ.
٦.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺗﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺣﻮﻝﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕBluetooth .
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Bluetooth with Enhanced Data Rate
ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Bluetooth with Enhanced Data Rate ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺭﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ:
•My Bluetooth Placesﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ
•Bluetooth Configurationﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺸ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ Bluetooth ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ My Bluetooth Placesﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ.
٢.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰBluetooth Tasksﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻓﻮ ﻕView devices in range .ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺎﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦ
ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﻴﺰﺓBluetooth .
٣ . ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻪ .ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺎﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
•ﻟﻮ ﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﺎﻭ ﺱBluetooth )ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺑﺸ ﺮﻳﺔ(.
•ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ(HCRP)
•ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺔ
•ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ
•ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔPIM
•ﻓﺎﻛ ﺲ
٦٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
•ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ
•ﻧﻘﻞ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮPIM
•ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻲ
•ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ
•ﻣﻨﻔﺬBluetoothﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ
•ﺗ ﺼ ﻮﻳﺮBluetooth
•ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
•ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒAV
٤ . ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡF1 ﻟﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸ ﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺣ ﻮﻝBluetooth .
ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦBluetooth
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦBluetooth،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ.ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ. ﺣﺪﺩBluetooth Setup Wizard ﺃﻭAdvanced
Configuration )ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ(.
ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩBluetooth Setup Wizard ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎBluetoothﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ
•ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﻣﻤﻜ ّﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪBluetoothﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ،ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓBluetoothﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭ ّﺩﺓﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻊﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻧﻮ ﻋﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
ﻭﻳﺘﻴﺢAdvanced Configuration )ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ(ﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻧﻮ ﻋﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﺟ ﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﻴﺰﺓBluetoothﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﻴﺰﺓBluetooth .
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓBluetoothﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭ ّﺩﺓﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻊﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓBluetooth
•ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔBluetooth
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ Bluetooth .ﻟﻼﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ My Bluetooth Placesﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ
HelpBluetoothﺛﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ Bluetoothhelp .ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ Bluetooth Configuration
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺸ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕAdvanced Configuration ﺛﻢﻓﻮ ﻕHelp .
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞMicrosoft Bluetooth ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP
ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞMicrosoft Bluetooth،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ .ﻗﻢﺃﻭﻻ ًﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkPad Bluetooth with Enhanced Data Rate .
a.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Bluetooth .
b.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
c.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ.
d.ﺣﺪﺩ ThinkPadBluetoothwith Enhanced Data Rate؛ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ/ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
e.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
٢ .ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚﻗﻢﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Microsoft Bluetoothﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
a.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ Bluetooth .ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Microsoft Bluetoothﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٦٥
b.ﺇﺫﺍﻇ ﻬﺮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ "ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ"،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١(ﺣﺪﺩ ﻻ،ﻟﻴ ﺲ ﺍﻵ ﻥ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
٢(ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ)ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻡ(؛ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
٣(ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ.
٤(ﺣﺪﺩﺗ ﻀ ﻤﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ:،ﺛﻢﺍﻛﺘﺐC:\SWTOOLS\Drivers\MSBTooth C:\S WTOOLS\Drivers\MSBTooth ،ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻠﻒ INF
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺮ ﺝ .ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ .
c.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ.
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Bluetooth with Enhanced Data Rate ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞMicrosoft Bluetooth ﻭﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Bluetooth with Enhanced Data Rate ﺑﺪﻻ ًﻣﻨﻪ،ﻓﻘﻢ
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞMicrosoft Bluetooth ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Bluetooth with Enhanced Data Rate ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
١.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞBluetooth .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
٣.ﺍﻛﺘﺐC:\SWTOOLS\Drivers\TPBTooth\Setup.exe C:\SWTOOLS\Dr ivers\TPBTooth\Setup.exe )ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞﻟﻠﻤﻠﻒ setup.exeﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ
http://www.lenovo.com/support (؛ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ OK .
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
٥.ﺣﺪﺩﺄﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴ ﺺ ؛ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
٦.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻮﺟ ﻬﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻲ.
ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻮ ﺟﻬﺔ ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺃﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﺳﻢﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻮﺟ ﻬﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ "ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ "،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ .
٧.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ.
٨.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
٩.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ.
١٠ .ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﺫﺍﻟﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ Bluetoothﻗﺒﻞﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkPad Bluetoothwith Enhanced Data Rate،ﻓﺴﻴﺆﺩﻱﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺇﺫﺍﺗﺨﻄﻴﺖﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﺓ
1،ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Bluetoothﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻴﺎﻧﺔ؛ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ؛ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮ ﻕBluetooth Radiosﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺷ ﺠﺮﺓﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓBluetooth Radios .
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺭﻣﺰﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkPadBluetoothwith Enhanced Data Rateﻟﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ .
٦.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ؛ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
٧.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻻ،ﻟﻴ ﺲ ﺍﻵ ﻥ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
٨.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ)ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻡ(،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
٩.ﺣﺪﺩ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ.ﺳﺄﻗﻮﻡﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺃﺭﻳﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ؛ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
١٠ .ﺣﺪﺩﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻟﻪ ﺭﻣﺰ "ﺷ ﻬﺎﺩﺓﻣﻮﻗﻌﺔ"؛ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
١١ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ)ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ802.11 ( ﻣﻊ ﺧﻴﺎﺭBluetooth ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺒﻄ ﺊ ﺳ ﺮﻋﺔﺇﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡWiMAX
ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮThinkPad ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔLAN ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔ ﻣﺪﻣﺞ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔWiMAX .
٦٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻭﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔWiMAX ﻫ ﻲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔﻧﻘﻞﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ802.16 ﻭﺗﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚﺍﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ًﻭﺍﺳ ﻊﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ " last mile "،
ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺫﻟﻚﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻩﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺃﻭADSL ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺸﻜﻞﻓﻌﻠﻲ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺓWiMAX،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞAccess Connections .
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 :ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞAccess Connections، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲWindows 7 " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣١ ،
ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣ ﻲﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows Vista ﻭWindows XP :ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞAccess Connections،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !! ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ
!!ThinkVantage !!Access Connections .ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘ ﻖ ﻣ ﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜ ﻲ
ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻗﻴﺎ ﺱAccess Connections (Windows 7)
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡWindows 7،ﻓﺴﻴﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻗﻴﺎ ﺱAccess Connections ﻓﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﻗﻮﺓﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻗﻴﺎ ﺱAccess Connections ﻓﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ،ﺍﻧﻈﺮﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲAccess Connections .
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻗﻮﺓﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﺘﺢAccess Connections ﺃﻭ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ
ﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰAccess Connections ﻓﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.
• ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻗﻴﺎ ﺱ Access Connections : ﺷﺒﻜﺔLAN ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﺍﻧﻘﻄﻌ ﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﺃﻭ ﻻﺗﻮﺟﺪﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣ ﺸﻐﻞ.ﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺭﺩﻳﺌﺔ.ﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﺓﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ،ﻗﺮ ّﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ
–
–
ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣ ﺸﻐﻞ.ﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻫﺎﻣ ﺸﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣ ﺸﻐﻞ.ﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﺓ.
–
–
•ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻗﻴﺎ ﺱAccess Connections :ﺷﺒﻜﺔWANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ
ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ1
ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ2
ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ3
–
–
–
–
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻗﻴﺎ ﺱAccess Connections،ﺍﻧﻈﺮﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲAccess Connections .
ﺭﻣﺰAccess Connections ﻭﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺭﻣﺰAccess Connections ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ.
ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻗﻮﺓﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﺘﺢAccess Connections ﺃﻭ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ
ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭ ﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻟـAccess Connections ﻓﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows 7،ﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔAccess Connections ﻭﺭﻣﺰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕAccess Connections ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.
•ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺭﻣﺰAccess Connections
–
ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﺸ ﻂﺃﻭ ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٦٧
–ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻞ.
–
ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻞ.
•ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ:ﺷﺒﻜﺔLANﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
–
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣ ﺸﻐﻞ.
–
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣ ﺸﻐﻞ.ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ.
–
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣ ﺸﻐﻞ.ﻻﺗﻮﺟﺪﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ.
–
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣ ﺸﻐﻞ.ﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﺓ.
–
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣ ﺸﻐﻞ.ﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻫﺎﻣ ﺸﻴﺔ.
–
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣ ﺸﻐﻞ.ﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺭﺩﻳﺌﺔ.ﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﺓﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ،ﻗﺮ ّﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
•ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ:ﺷﺒﻜﺔWANﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
–
ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮWAN ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ
–
ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ
–
ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ
–
ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ1
–
ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ2
–
ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ3
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺻ ﻌﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝ،ﻓﺠﺮ ّﺏ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜ ﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌ ﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5 .ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﻨﻘﺮﺓ
ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ Access Connectionsﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.
ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ Access Connectionsﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
•ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows 7،ﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔAccess Connectionsﻭﺭﻣﺰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ
ﻋﻠﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕAccess Connections ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺟ ﻴﻜﺘ ﻮ ﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺷ ﺎ ﺷ ﺔ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧ ﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻴﺔ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺘﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻣ ﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻋﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔﺑﻜﻞﺛﻘﺔ.
٦٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇ ﻋ ﺪﺍﺩﺍ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺮ ﺽ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﺨ ﻂﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﻭﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ " numeric lock ".
ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﺨ ﻂ
ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﺨ ﻂ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ.
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﺯﺭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺳ ﻂﺃﻭ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ.ﺗﺴ ﺮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows Vista :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﺨ ﻂ (DPI)ﺿ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻤ ﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝﺃﻭﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ،ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ.
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﻴﺎ ﺱ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ (120ﻧﻘﻄﺔﻟﻜﻞﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻨ ﺺ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ.
٤.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ OK .ﺗﺴ ﺮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows XP :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ.
٣.ﺿ ﻤﻦ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﺨ ﻂ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺧ ﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮ ﻁﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻦﺃﺟﻞﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
٥.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ OK .ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻤ ﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ،ﺳﺘﺴ ﺮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
Numeric lock
ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ " numeric lock "،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.
٥.ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
٦.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows Vista :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.
٤.ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
٥.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows XP :
١ . ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٦٩
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.
٤.ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
٥.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
ﺗ ﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺣ ﺪﺓ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ)ﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺟ ﻴﻜﺘ ﻮ ﺭ ( ﺃﻭ ﺷ ﺎ ﺷ ﺔ ﺧ ﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻴﺔ
ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺣﺪًﺍﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﻟﺪﻗﺔﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ2048×1536 )ﻣﻊﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺛﻮﺩﻱ(ﺃﻭ ﺩﻗﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ
2560×1600 )ﻣﻊﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ DisplayPort (،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻔﺮ ﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻳﺪﻋﻢﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺃﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺩﻗﺔﺇﻣﺎﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ،ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﻤﺎﻣﻌ ًﺎﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺩﻗﺔﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭ ﺳﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺭﺅﻳﺔﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ
TrackPoint ﺃﻭﺃﻱﺃﺩﺍﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ .
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﻘﻞﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ"ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ " )ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP،
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ " ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ "(.
ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ
ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F7 .ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﻛﻼ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺘﻴﻦ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ
ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ .
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows Vista :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
٣.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﻓﻴﻬﺎﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭ "ﺗﻢﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ".ﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ .
•ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ )ﻧﺴ ﺦ(
•ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔ)ﻣﻮ ﺳ ﻊ(
•ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭ"ﺗﻢﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ".ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻ ﻴﻞ،
ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕWindows ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows XP :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٧٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
٤. ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F7 .ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﻛﻼ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺘﻴﻦ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
• ﺗﺠﻨﺐﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺭ ﺳﻢ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ، ﻋﻠﻰﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ،ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻴﻠﻢﺃﻭﻟﻌﺒﺔ،ﺃﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﻟﻸ ﻋﻤﺎﻝ .ﺃﻏﻠﻖ
ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﺒﻞﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ،ﺃﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻗﺒﻞﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻠ ﻒMPEG ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺑﺪﻋﻢ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ VGA ﻓﻘﻂ)ﺑﺪﻗﺔ640x480 (ﻓﺘﺠﻨﺐﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺸ ﻮﻳ ﺶ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ؛ﻭ ﻋ ﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼ ﻑ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ TFT ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺗﻨﺎﻇﺮﻳﺔ ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﻈﻬﺮﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ،ﻣﺜﻞﺷﺎﺷﺔ
ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows .ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻫﺬﺍﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔTFT؛ ﻭﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻪ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺿ ﺒﻂﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔTFT ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔﺃﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ
ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻌﺬﺭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ .
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ.
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ.
٦.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺻ ﺤﺔﻧﻮﻉ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﻓﺈﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤ ًﺎ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ
ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻹ ﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ،ﻭﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦﺻ ﺤﻴﺤ ًﺎ ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ.
٧.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﻓﺤﺪﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽPnPﻋﺎﻡﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻋﺎﻡﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑPnP .
٨.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ .ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻤ ﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣ ﺴﺌﻮﻝﺃﻭﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ،ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ.
٩.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
١٠ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
١١ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺤﺜ ًﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
١٢ .ﺍﻣ ﺴ ﺢ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ.
١٣ .ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﻴﻦ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﻓﺄﻭﻗ ﻒ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
١٤ .ﺑﻌﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻏ ﻼ ﻕ.
١٥ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂOK .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ
ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows Vista :
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ )ﻣﻤﺘﺪ(،ﻓﺮﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٤ .
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
٣.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F7ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٧١
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
٦.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ.
٧.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺻ ﺤﺔﻧﻮﻉ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﻓﺈﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤ ًﺎ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ
ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻹ ﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ،ﻭﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦﺻ ﺤﻴﺤ ًﺎ ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ.
٨.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﻓﺤﺪﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽPnPﻋﺎﻡﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻋﺎﻡﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑPnP .
٩.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ .ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻤ ﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣ ﺴﺌﻮﻝﺃﻭﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ،ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ.
١٠ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
١١ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
١٢ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺤﺜ ًﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
١٣ .ﺍﻣ ﺴ ﺢ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ.
١٤ .ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﻴﻦ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﻓﺄﻭﻗ ﻒ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
١٥ .ﺑﻌﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻏ ﻼ ﻕ.
١٦ .ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
١٧ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂOK .
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows XP :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٣.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F7ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﻟﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
٦.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ.
٧.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺻ ﺤﺔﻧﻮﻉ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﻓﺈﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤ ًﺎ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ
ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻹ ﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ،ﻭﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦﺻ ﺤﻴﺤ ًﺎ ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ.
٨.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﻓﺤﺪﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻲ.
٩.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ .
١٠ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
١١ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ.
١٢ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻻ،ﻟﻴ ﺲ ﺍﻵ ﻥ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
١٣ .ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ)ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻡ(،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
١٤ .ﺣﺪﺩ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ.ﺳﺄﻗﻮﻡﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﻳﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ؛ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
١٥ .ﺍﻣ ﺴ ﺢ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ.
١٦ .ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﻴﻦ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﻓﺄﻭﻗ ﻒ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
١٧ .ﺑﻌﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻹ ﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺨ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ .
١٨ .ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
١٩ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂOK .
ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ
• ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ،ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻣﻠﻒ INF ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ
ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
٧٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
• ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﻗﺔﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻻﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﺘﺨﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺗﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺘﺠﻬﺎﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺭﺅﻳﺔﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡTrackPoint ﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺁﺧﺮ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻝﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﻦ .
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽDVI
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺳﻌﺔﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3 ﺃﻭThinkPad Mini Dock
Series 3 ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟ ﻬﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ (DVI) ﻣﻦﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ DVI ﻟﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
•ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽDVI .
•ﻗﺒﻞﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽDVI،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢ.
ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ DVI ،ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ DVIﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ DVIﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺳﻌﺔ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ DVIﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻳﺒﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽDVI،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻋﺮ ﺽIntel :
١.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Ctrl+Alt+F12 .ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺴ ﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻟﺮ ﺳ ﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ Intelﻟﻸ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ.
٢.ﺣﺪﺩ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺴﺎﺥ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ Intelﺃﻭ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ،ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ
ﻋﺮ ﺽDVI .ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﺳﺘﻨﺴﺎﺥ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦIntel ﺃﻭ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ،ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﻋﺮ ﺽDVI .
٣. ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂOK .
ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽDVI
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽDVI ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺳﻌﺔ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪﻗﺒﻞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻭﺇﻻﻟﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗ ﺼﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻈﻬﺮ
ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽDVI ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ،ﻓﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﻛﺮﺭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣ ﻮ ﺻ ﻞDisplayPort
ﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚDisplayPort، ﻭﻫﻮﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﻭﺍﺟ ﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔﻟﻼﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟ ﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔﺃﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺛﻮﺩﻱ ﺃﻭﺃﺟ ﻬﺰﺓ
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭﺃﻭ ﺣﺘﻰHDTV .ﻳﻤﻜ ّﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻐﻮﻁ ﻫﺬﺍﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬDVI ﺃﻭVGA ﺃﻭ
HDMI .
ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞDisplayPort ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺩﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ.
ﺇ ﻋ ﺪﺍﺩ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤ ﻲ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows 7،ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢPresentation Director، ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢFn+F7 ﺃﻭ
Win+P ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻞ .
ﻳﻮﻓﺮPresentation Director ﻭ ﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺳ ﻬﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﻟﻤ ﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺛﻘﺔ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻙ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ
ﻣﻜﺘﺒﻚ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡPresentation Director ﻟ ﻀ ﺒﻂﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﺘﺎﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘ ًﺎﻟﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ.
ﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦPresentation Director ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﻣ ﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ.ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢFn
+F7 .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٧٣
ﻟﺒﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞPresentation Director،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !! ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!ThinkVantage !!Presentation Director،ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮ ﺭ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺑﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺑﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻗﺪﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮ ﻕ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﻧﻲ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺮﻭﺭ60 ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ،ﻓﺎ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F7 ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ
ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻧﻈﺎﻡﻟﻠﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔﻓﻲPresentation Director ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻔﻆﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
ﺑﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﻨﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.
ﺗ ﺸ ﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﻗﺪﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺃﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ.ﻹ ﺻ ﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺟﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭ،ﻳﻠﺰﻡﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻬﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﺎﻷ ﺳ ﻮﺍﻕ(.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺸ ﺎ ﺷ ﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺗﺴ ﻤﻰ ﺗﻮ ﺳﻴﻊ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ.ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺻ ﻮﺭ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ .
ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺃﻱ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٤
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻨﻬﺎ.
ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ
• ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﻋﺮ ﺽ DOS ﻓﻲﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﻞ ءﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺗﻮ ﺳﻴﻊ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﻓﻘﻂ DOS؛ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺘﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻯ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺷﺎﺷﺔIntel،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﻔﻬﺎﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰCtrl+Alt+F12 .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓIntel CUI .
٢.ﺣﺪﺩ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﻟﺘﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.
•ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡDirectDrawﺃﻭDirect3Dﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﻞءﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ،ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺿ ﻪﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.
•ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺟ ﻮﺩﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﺗﻮ ﺳﻴﻊ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ.
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
٣.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F7 ،ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩﺗﻮ ﺳﻴﻊ.
ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﻜﻞ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ -1 )ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ،ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ(.
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.
٧٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ -2 )ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ(.
٥.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ.
٦.ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﻴﻦ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﻣﺘﻼﻣﺴﻴﻦ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻼﻣ ﺴﻴﻦﻟﺒﻌ ﻀ ﻬﻤﺎﺍﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ .
٧.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ
ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows Vista :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
٣.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﻓﻴﻬﺎﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭ "ﺗﻢﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ".ﺣﺪﺩ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ
ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ )ﻣﻮ ﺳ ﻊ(،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﻜﻞ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ -1 )ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ،ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ(.
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ -2 )ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ(.
٦.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ.
٧.ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﻴﻦ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﻣﺘﻼﻣﺴﻴﻦ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻼﻣ ﺴﻴﻦﻟﺒﻌ ﻀ ﻬﻤﺎﺍﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ .
٨.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows XP :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﻟﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ-2.
٦.ﺣﺪﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺗﻮ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ Windowsﻋﻠﻰ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻫﺬﺍﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ.)ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ
ﻧﻌﻢ.(
ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﻜﻞ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ -1 )ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ،ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ(.
٢.ﺣﺪﺩ ﺟﻮﺩﺓﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ -2 )ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ(.
٤.ﺣﺪﺩ ﺟﻮﺩﺓﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ.
٥.ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﻴﻦ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﻣﺘﻼﻣﺴﻴﻦ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻼﻣ ﺴﻴﻦﻟﺒﻌ ﻀ ﻬﻤﺎﺍﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ .
٦.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٧٥
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﻗﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﺠﻤ ّﻊ،ﻗﻄﺮﻩ 1/8ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ) 3.5ﻣﻢ(
•ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔ
•ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻔﻮﻓﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ
ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻮﺟﺪﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚﺃﻳ ﻀًﺎ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺗﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺔ:
•ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ " Intel High Definition Audio ".
•ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕPCMﻭWAVﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ16ﺑﺖ ﺃﻭ24ﺑﺖ.
•ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕWAVﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﻋﻴﻨﺔﻳﺒﻠﻎ44.1ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰﺇﻟﻰ192ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ.
•ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕMIDIﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺗﺄﻟﻴ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕWave Tableﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMicrosoft Windows .
•ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕMP3ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞWindows Media Playerﺃﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣ ﺸﻐ ّﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕMP3 .
•ﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣ ﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺔﺇﻣﺎﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﺠﻤ ّﻊ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻞﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ
ThinkPad Mini Dock Series 3 ﺃﻭThinkPad Mini Dock Plus Series 3 .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ: ﻻﻳﺪﻋﻢﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤّﻊﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ.
ﻳﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎﺍﻷﺟ ﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﻄﺔﺍﻹﺭ ﺳﺎﺀ.
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ٣.ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ
ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ
ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺔﺃﺫﻥ ﺑﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺭﺑﺎﻋ ﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺏ،
ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ
3.5 ﻣﻢ
ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺪﻋﻢ
ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺪﻋﻢ
ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺔ
ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ
ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ
ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ
ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺔ
ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺪﻋﻤﺔ
ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺪﻋﻢ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺪﻋﻢ
ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤّﻊ
ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺑﻤﺤﻄﺔﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﺀ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ
ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺑﻤﺤﻄﺔﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﺀ
ﻣﻴﺰﺓBeam Forming
ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮ ﻥ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤّﻦ ﺫﻱ ﻣ ﺼ ﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ ﻣﺜﺒّﺖ ﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻂﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼ ﺮﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ
ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ،ﻓﺈﻥﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤ ﻲﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻦ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻔﻮﻓﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ ﻣ ﺼ ﻤﻢ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺣ ﺼ ﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ،ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣ ﺼ ﻔﻮﻓﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔ ﻣﻊﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻂﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻮ ﺡ،ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪﻳﻌﺰﻝ
ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻈﺎﻕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ.ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟ ﺲ ﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺇﻟﻴﻪﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮ ﺿ ﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ.ﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻚ ﺑﺄﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻭ ﺿ ﻮﺡ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮﺓ.
ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓSmartAudio ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣ ﻲﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 ﻭWindows Vista :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !! ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !! ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ !!SmartAudio .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ
SmartAudio .
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows XP :ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕStart !!Control panel .ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕSmartAudio .
ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓSmartAudio .
٧٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣ ﺪ ﻣ ﺠ ﺔ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗ ﻀ ﻐﻂFn+F6 ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ،ﻳﺒﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻭﻳ ﻀ ﻲءﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﻷﺧ ﻀ ﺮ
ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎﻭﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁﻟﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺃﻳ ﻀًﺎﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﻊﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﻋﻘﺪﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ.ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ
ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﻊﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﺑﺪﺃﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻮﻳﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻘﺎﻃ ﻊﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﺪ ﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ.ﺛﻢ ﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ
ﻭ ﺳﻴ ﻀ ﻲءﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﻷﺧ ﻀ ﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻗﻴﺪﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ.ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﻊﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ،
ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺮﻏ ﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F6 ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚ ﻷﺣﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ،ﻓﺎ ﺿ ﻐﻂFn+F6 ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ
ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺇﺧﻔﺎﺀ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺧﺎﺻ ﺘﻲ ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ.
ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻚ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺟﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ.
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F6 .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ Communications Utility .
٣.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Communications Utility ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻚﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰ ﺓThinkLight
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻇﺮﻭ ﻑ ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓThinkLight .ﻹ ﺿﺎﺀﺓﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞThinkLight،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+PgUp .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻈﻠﻤﺔﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ.ﻓﻬﺬﺍﻳ ﻀ ﺮﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻨﻴﻦ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ: ﻻﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺓThinkLight ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯThinkPad X220 Tablet ﻭX220i Tablet .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂ
ﺗﺒﻌًﺎﻟﻠﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺮ ﺽ54 ﻣﻢ،ﺃﻭﻓﺘﺤﺔﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺋﻂﺃﻭ
ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ،ﻓﺈﻧﻪﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSD
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSDHC
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSDXC
•MultiMediaCard (MMC)
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
• ﻻﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ CPRM ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔSD .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٧٧
• ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻧﻘﻞﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ Flash Media،ﻣﺜﻞﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSD،ﻻﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ (ﺃﻭﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ
ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻬﺬﺍﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺗﻠ ﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕExpressCards ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕFlash Media،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• "ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ExpressCardﺃﻭ Flash Mediaﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺫﻛﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٨ .
• "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ExpressCardﺃﻭ Flash Mediaﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٨ .
ﺇﺩ ﺧ ﺎﻝ ﺑ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﺃﻭFlash Media ﺃﻭ ﺑ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﻛﻴﺔ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ: ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ)ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(ﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ،ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺘﻚﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎ ﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:ﻗﺒﻞﺑﺪﺀﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻟﻤ ﺲ ﻣﻨ ﻀ ﺪﺓﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪﺃﺭ ﺿ ﻴ ًﺎ.ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﺷ ﺤﻨﺎﺕ
ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺓﻣﻦ ﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔﺇﻟﻰﺇﺗﻼ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCardﻋﺮ ﺽ54ﻣﻢ
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔFlash Media،ﻣﺜﻞﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSDﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSDHCﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSDXCﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔMultiMediaCard
•ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕFlash Media ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ
ﻋﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١.
ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﻋﺮ ﺽ54 ﻣﻢﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕExpressCard،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻ ﺤﺔﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ.
٢.ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ،ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻌﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻮﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.ﺛﻢﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ.
ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ Flash Mediaﻓﻲﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ 4× 1 ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻ ﺤﺔﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ.
٢.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ 4 × 1.ﻗﺪﺗﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﻗﺒﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ.
ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺫﻛﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻ ﺤﺔﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ.
٢.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬ ًﺎﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻞﺃﻭﻻً.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺛﺒﺘﻬﺎﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻜﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ExpressCardﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔFlash Mediaﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮ ﻉﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 :
١.ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻤ ﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝﺃﻭﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ،ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ.
٤.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ،ﺣﺪﺩﺇﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ.ﻳﺒﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞﺇﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ.
٥.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows VistaﻭWindows XP :
–ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ.
–ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺇﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ.ﻳﺒﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞﺇ ﺿﺎﻓﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ.
–ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
٧٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﺃﻭFlash Media ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:ﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦExpressCard،ﻣﺜﻞﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔExpressCard ﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼﻠﺒﺔExpressCard ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ
ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓExpressCard،ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕExpressCard،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚﺃﻭﻻ ًﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard .ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻘﻢﺑﻬﺬﺍ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﺃﻭﻗﺪﺗﻔﻘﺪﻫﺎ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ: ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ)ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(ﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ،ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺘﻚﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕFlash Media ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ
ﻋﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١.
ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard ﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔFlash Media ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ.
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻌﻨ ﺼ ﺮﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻹ ﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows .
٤.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻹ ﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٥.ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻦ ﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows Vista ﻭWindows XP :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.
٢.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻌﻨ ﺼ ﺮﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻹ ﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows .
٣.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻹ ﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٤.ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻦ ﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻘﻢﺑﻨﺰﻉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻌﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows،ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﺰﻋ ﻬﺎﻣﺮﺓﺛﻢﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٧٩
٨٠ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ٣ . ﺃﻧ ﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤ ﺒﻴ ﻮ ﺗ ﺮ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺹ ﺑ ﻚ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞﺑﻪ.
ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻟﺬﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨١
• "ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺑ ﺼ ﺤﺒﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٣
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮ ﻝ ﻟﺬ ﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣ ﺘﻴﺎ ﺟ ﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍ ﺣ ﺔ
ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻹ ﺿﺎﺀﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻈﺮًﺍﻷﻧﻪﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻭﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊ
ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻ ﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺃﺩﺍﺋﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﺣﺔﺃﻛﺒﺮﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ.
ﻭ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻣﻠﺘﺰﻣﺔﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻌﻤﻼﺋﻬﺎﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ.ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻟﺬﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ
ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﺟ ﻬﻮﺩﻧﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ.
ﻣ ﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌ ﻤ ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺮﻳ ﺤ ﺔ
ﻗﺪﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻲ ﺍﻻ ﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﺮﺓﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.ﻭﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔﻳﺴ ﻬﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ
ﺍﻟﻘ ﺼ ﻮ ﻯ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻭﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻ ﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻹ ﺿﺎﺀﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺢ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺋﻚ ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻗﺪﺭﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﻟﻚ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻭﻳﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺷ ﺨ ﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ.ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ.ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳ ﺔﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪﺓ، ﻭ ﺳﻴﻔﻴﺪﻙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ًﺍ.
٨١
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻴﺔﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ:ﺗﻮ ﺟﺪﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺔ.ﻣﻦﺍﻷﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼ ﺕ ﻃﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻴﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻟﻤﻨﻊﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭﺑﻌﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺴﺒﺒﻪﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻊ.ﻛﻤﺎﺃﻥ ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻘ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﺃﻱ ﺷﻌﻮﺭ ﻃﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﻌﺪﻡﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺑﺴﺒﺐ
ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻴﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ: ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ 51 ﺇﻟﻰ 76 ﺳﻢ) 20 - 30 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(ﻟﻠﺮﺅﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺤﺔ.ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺞ ﺃﻭﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺼ ﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻷ ﺿ ﻮﺍﺀ
ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔﺃﻭ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ. ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻭﺍﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻹ ﺿﺎﺀﺓﺑﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻮﺡ.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn
+Home ﺃﻭEnd ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻹ ﺿﺎﺀﺓ .
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ : ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﺮﻳﺢ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ )ﺭﺃﺳ ﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ(ﻟﻠﺮﺃ ﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ.
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪ:ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻘﻌﺪ ًﺍﺑﻪ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺟﻴﺪﻟﻠﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺿ ﺒﻂﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ.ﺍﺿ ﺒﻂﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪﺑﻤﺎﻳﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮ ﺏ ﺑﺄﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓ.
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺪ:ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣ ﺴﺎﻧﺪﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺀًﺍﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺩﻋﻢﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻴﻚ. ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻐﻴﻦ
ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣ ﺴﺘﺮ ﺥٍﻭﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ )ﺃﻓﻘﻲ(.ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ.
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ: ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺓﺍﻟﻔﺨﺬﻳﻦﻟﻸﺭ ﺽ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭ ﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣ ﺴﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ.
ﻣﺎﺫﺍﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ؟
ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﺄﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﻣﻤﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺭ ﺳﻤﻴﺔ. ﺣﺎﻭﻝﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﺄﻛﺒﺮ ﻋﺪﺩﻣﻤﻜﻦ
ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﻐ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺑﻬﺎ.ﻓﺎﻟﺠﻠﻮ ﺱ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻹ ﺿﺎﺀﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ، ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ، ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﺍﻧﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ.
ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ؟
ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝThinkPad ﻣ ﺼ ﻤﻤﺔ ﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﻭﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺻ ﻮﺭًﺍ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻮﺡ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻭ ﺿًﺎﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓﺫﺍﺕ ﺇ ﺿﺎﺀﺓ
ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻭ ﺳ ﻬﻠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﻳﺤﺔﻟﻠﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ.ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥﺃﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺋﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ
ﺣﻮﻝﺇﺭﻫﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ،ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺸ ﺮﺃﺧ ﺼﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ.
ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺸ ﻜ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﻨﺎ ﺳ ﺒ ﻚ
ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻹ ﺿﺎﺀﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻈﺮًﺍﻷﻧﻪﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊ
ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺃﺩﺍﺋﻚ ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻗﺪﺭﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ:
ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺸ ﻂ ﻭﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻘ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺓ:ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺯﺍﺩﻭﻗﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺳ ﻚﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ،ﺯﺍﺩ ﺕ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ "ﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺻ ﺤ ﻲ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨١ ﻭﻣﻤﺎﺭ ﺳ ﺔ "ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺸ ﻂ " ﻫﻤﺎﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺍﻟﻄﺮ ﻕ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻵﻻﻡﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.ﻓﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻃﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﺬﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍﺣﺔﻗ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻ ﺤ ﻲ.ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺨﻔﺔﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ
ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﻧﻘﻠﻪ،ﻓﺘﺬﻛﺮﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴ ﻬﻞﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺑﻤﺎﻳﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻬﺎ.
ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ:ﺗﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺛﺎﺙ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﻚ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻛﻴ ﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪ ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺗﻔ ﻀ ﻴﻼﺗﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﻟﻚ.ﻭﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣ ﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻚ ﻟﻴﺴ ﺖ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ،ﻓﺎﺣﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺸ ﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻗ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺓ.ﻻ ﺣ ﻆﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ
ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕThinkPad ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺗﻮ ﺳﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻴﻼﺋﻢﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﻭﺟﻪ.ﻗﻢﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻣﻦ
ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ: http://www.lenovo.com/accessories/services/index.html .ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸ ﻒ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﻠﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ
ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ.
ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕThinkPad ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﺯﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ:ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻓﻲThinkPad ﺳ ﻬﻠﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎﺃﻥ ﺗﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻣ ﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮ ﻝ ﺫ ﻭ ﻱ ﺍ ﻻ ﺣ ﺘﻴﺎ ﺟ ﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺻ ﺔ
ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻣﻠﺘﺰﻣﺔﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺃﻛﺒﺮﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻌﻤﻼﺋﻨﺎﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ.ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ًﻟﺬﻟﻚ،ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻃﺮﻗ ًﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒ ﺼ ﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﺑﺄﻛﺒﺮﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺗﻤﻜّﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮﺍﻟﻄﺮ ﻕ ﻣﻼﺀﻣﺔ.ﻭﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ
ﺷ ﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﺎﺋﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ
ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ.ﻳﺨﺘﻠ ﻒ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻟﺪﻳﻚ.ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ،ﺗﺤ ﺴ ّﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔﺗﻨﻘﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺫﻭ ﻱ
ﺍﻹﻋﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒ ﺼ ﺮﻳﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺿ ﻤﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ. ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ،ﻗﺪﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺼ ﺒﻴﺔ
ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﺧ ﻄﻮﻃ ًﺎﺃﻛﺒﺮﺃﻭﺃﻭ ﺿ ﺎﻉ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ.ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ،ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺟ ﻬﺰﺓﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ.ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ
Microsoft .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
٨٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Windowsﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ Windows .ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ Microsoft Windows،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ:
http://www.microsoft.com/enable/Products/altkeyboard.aspx
http://access.adobe.com،ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ Adobe PDFﺇﻟﻰ HTMLﺃﻭﻧ ﺺ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ.ﻳﻌﻤﻞﺃﺣﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ
HTMLﺃﻭﻧ ﺺ ASCII .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ Adobe PDFﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺃﻭﻗﺮ ﺹ CD-ROMﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ
(LAN)ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﻣﻠﻒ Adobe PDFﻓﻲ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔﺑﺮﻳﺪﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7ﻭ Windows Vista :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
٢.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻬﻮﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ.
٣.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳ ﻬﻮﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡWindows XP :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ.
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﻭﻗﺎﺭﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻤﻤﺔﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﻧﻈﺎﻡ
ﻭﺗﺮﻛﺰﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺭﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞﺃﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ
ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺬﺭﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨ ﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺃﻭﻻ ًﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ.ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕAdobe PDF ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻗﺎﺭﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.ﻭﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺤﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔAdobe Systems Incorporated .ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ
ﻣ ﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕPDF ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﺇﺭ ﺳﺎﻝURL ﻟﻤﻠﻒAdobe PDF ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻪﺇﻟﻰ
ﻭ ﻇ ﻴﻔ ﺔ ﻣ ﻜﺒﺮ ﺍﻟ ﺸ ﺎ ﺷ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ
ﺗﺪﻋﻢﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄُﺮﺯ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﻨﺸ ﻄﺔ ﻭﺗﺴ ﻬﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+Spacebar .ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﻨﺸ ﻄﺔ ﻭﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺃﺳﻔﻞﻳﻤﻴﻦ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ/ﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮ.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﺗﺮﻳﺪ.
ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺩﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀﺃﻭﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+Spacebar .
ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻔ ﺮ ﺑ ﺼ ﺤ ﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴ ﻮﺗ ﺮ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺹ ﺑ ﻚ
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ،ﻗﺪﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭﺑﺎﻷﻟﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺃﻛﺒﺮ.ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻙﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔﺑﻪ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ
ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻌﺮﺑﺎﻟﺜﻘﺔﺇﺯﺍﺀ ﺟﻤﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻬﺎﻟﻠﻌﻤﻼﺀ ﻭﺯﻣﻼ ﺀﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.
ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺑﺴ ﻼ ﺳﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣ ﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ:
• "ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٣
• "ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤
ﺗﻠﻤﻴ ﺤ ﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻔ ﺮ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﻠﺴﻔﺮﺑﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓﺑ ﺼ ﺤﺒﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
١ . ﻓﻲﺣﻴﻦﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻣﻦ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﺒﺮﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻔﺤ ﺺ ﺑﺎﻷ ﺷﻌﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﺤ ﻄﺎﺕ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺭﺍﺕ ،ﺇﻻﺃﻧﻪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺇﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﻧﺎﻇﺮﻳﻚ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻃﻮﺍﻝﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺗﺠﻨﺒًﺎﻟﺴ ﺮﻗﺘﻪ.
٢.ﻓﻜﺮ ﻓﻲﺍ ﺻ ﻄ ﺤﺎﺏ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
٣.ﻧﻈﺮ ًﺍﻷﻧﻚ ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻮﺍﺀ ﺧﺎﻓﺘﺔﺍﻹ ﺿﺎﺀﺓ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞThinkLightﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+PgUpﻹ ﺿﺎﺀﺓ
ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.
٤ . ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ،ﺍﻓﺼ ﻞ ﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻋﻨﻪﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻠ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkLight،ﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﻔﻴﻒ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٣.ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ٨٣
ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺤﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
• ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ،Bluetooth،...ﺇﻟﺦ( ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺧ ﻄﻮ ﻁﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ
ﺍﻟﺼ ﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ.
• ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ ،ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺼ ﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ.ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ، ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ.
١ . ﺗﻮﺥ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭﺑﺸﺄﻥﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ .ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻﻳﻌﻠﻖ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ
ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺘﻚﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ .
٢ . ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﺇﻗﻼ ﻉﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ .
ﻣﻠ ﺤ ﻘﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻔ ﺮ
ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔﺑﺎﻷ ﺷﻴﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻚﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲﺍ ﺻ ﻄ ﺤﺎﺑﻬﺎﻣﻌﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻘﺮﺭﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ:
ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ:
•ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯThinkPad
•ﻣﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ،ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩ ًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ
•ﻛﺒﻞEthernet
•ﻛﺒﻞ ﻫﺎﺗ ﻒ ﻗﻴﺎﺳ ﻲ ﻭﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ(RJ-11)
•ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺇﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ،ﻣﺸ ﺤﻮﻧﺔ
•ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺳﻴﺪﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﻣ ﺴﺎﻓﺮًﺍﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻭﻟﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ،ﺭﺑﻤﺎﺗﺮﻏ ﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲﺍ ﺻ ﻄ ﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩﻣﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻓﻲﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ
•ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺧ ﻄﻮ ﻁﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪﺗﺮﻏ ﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﺻ ﻄ ﺤﺎﺑﻬﺎ:
•ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ/ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ ّﻊﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯThinkPad
•ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ
•ﻣﻘﺴﻢ ﺧ ﻄﻮﻁ ﻫﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ،ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺇﺫﺍﻣﺎﺍﺣﺘﺠ ﺖ ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻲ ﻳﺪﻭﻳ ًﺎﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﺧ ﻂﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻒ
٨٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ